WO2022202208A1 - Color material liquid dispersion, modified color material, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device - Google Patents

Color material liquid dispersion, modified color material, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022202208A1
WO2022202208A1 PCT/JP2022/009303 JP2022009303W WO2022202208A1 WO 2022202208 A1 WO2022202208 A1 WO 2022202208A1 JP 2022009303 W JP2022009303 W JP 2022009303W WO 2022202208 A1 WO2022202208 A1 WO 2022202208A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
general formula
mass
pka
structural unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/009303
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健朗 長井
Original Assignee
株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル filed Critical 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority to JP2023508900A priority Critical patent/JPWO2022202208A1/ja
Priority to CN202280019597.7A priority patent/CN117043280A/en
Publication of WO2022202208A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022202208A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F265/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00
    • C08F265/04Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids or derivatives thereof as defined in group C08F20/00 on to polymers of esters
    • C08F265/06Polymerisation of acrylate or methacrylate esters on to polymers thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/02Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated end groups
    • C08F290/04Polymers provided for in subclasses C08C or C08F
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K23/00Use of substances as emulsifying, wetting, dispersing, or foam-producing agents
    • C09K23/52Natural or synthetic resins or their salts
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a colorant dispersion, a modified colorant, a colored curable composition, a color filter, and a display device.
  • Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices. For example, when forming a color image in a liquid crystal display device, the light that has passed through the color filter is colored into the color of each pixel that constitutes the color filter, and the light of these colors is combined to form a color image.
  • a light source in that case, in addition to a conventional cold cathode tube, an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used.
  • the organic light emitting display device uses a color filter for color adjustment. Under such circumstances, there is an increasing demand for color filters to have higher brightness, higher contrast, and improved color reproducibility.
  • the color filter is generally composed of a transparent substrate, a colored layer formed on the transparent substrate and composed of colored patterns of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and a colored layer formed on the transparent substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. and a formed light blocking portion.
  • the pigment dispersion method As a method for forming pixels in a color filter, among others, the pigment dispersion method, which has excellent average characteristics in terms of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape and accuracy, is most widely used. 2. Description of the Related Art In a color filter having pixels formed using a pigment dispersion method, miniaturization of pigments is being studied in order to achieve high brightness and high contrast. It is believed that by miniaturizing the pigment, the scattering of light transmitted through the color filter by the pigment particles is reduced, thereby achieving high brightness and high contrast. However, since fine pigment particles tend to agglomerate, there is a problem that dispersibility and dispersion stability are lowered.
  • Patent Literature 1 describes a dispersant composition having excellent pigment dispersibility (a) containing an A block containing a structural unit derived from a vinyl monomer having an acidic group and a vinyl monomer having a tertiary amino group. (b) an aromatic dicarboxylic acid imide, an acidic group-containing aromatic compound and a phenolic hydroxyl group-containing aromatic A dispersant composition is disclosed comprising a mixture of at least one aromatic compound selected from the group consisting of group compounds, and (c) a tertiary amine compound.
  • Patent Document 2 contains a phthalocyanine pigment (A), a resin-type dispersant (B), and a binder resin (C), and the resin-type dispersant is (B1) a basic resin-type dispersant ( b1), a phosphoric acid-based resin-type dispersant (b2), and a carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4), or (B2) a phosphorus compound such as phosphonic acid or a sulfonic acid compound
  • a green colored composition comprising either a salt (b3) with a basic resin-type dispersant (b1) or a resin-type dispersant containing a carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4). things are disclosed.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses that a green coloring composition having a viscosity suitable for coating and excellent viscosity stability can be obtained by using a plurality of resin-type dispersants having specific structures and performances in combination. It is
  • Patent Document 1 discloses that (b) at least one aromatic compound selected from the group consisting of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid imide, an acidic group-containing aromatic compound and a phenolic hydroxy group-containing aromatic compound has a pKa of 4. 0 or less acidic group-containing compounds are also exemplified.
  • a strong acid such as an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and a strong base such as a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more are used in combination. do not have.
  • a strong acid such as an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less
  • a strong base such as a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more
  • Patent Document 1 A block containing a structural unit derived from a vinyl monomer having an acidic group, a structural unit derived from a vinyl monomer having a tertiary amino group, and a structure derived from a vinyl monomer having a quaternary ammonium base
  • a block copolymer having a B block containing units is a site in which the B block has affinity with the coloring agent in Patent Document 1, and the A block is a solvent-soluble site, and is substantially a basic dispersant.
  • the structural units derived from vinyl monomers having acidic groups in the A block are included for the purpose of facilitating alkali development, and are randomly arranged in the A block.
  • a strong base such as a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more forms a salt in a structural unit derived from a vinyl monomer having an acidic group randomly arranged in the A block, which is a solvent-soluble site.
  • the solvent-soluble portion becomes difficult to dissolve in the solvent and precipitates, and foreign matter is likely to occur in the coating film.
  • a random copolymer having an acidic group which is often used as a binder resin or an alkali-soluble resin, is used in combination, foreign substances are significantly generated on the coating film.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and a coloring material dispersion capable of forming a coating film in which chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, luminance is improved, and foreign matter generation is suppressed, and when heated It is an object of the present invention to provide a coloring material in which the chromaticity change of is suppressed and the luminance is improved. Another object of the present invention is to provide a colored curable composition capable of forming a coating film in which chromaticity change upon heating is suppressed, luminance is improved, and generation of foreign matter is suppressed. Another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter and a display device formed using the colored curable composition.
  • the coloring material dispersion according to the present invention contains a coloring material, a dispersant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, and a solvent.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are added in an amount of 0.1 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass, respectively, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
  • the dispersant contains a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • Q is an acidic group.
  • the modified colorant according to the present invention contains a colorant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less, and the pKa is 11.5 or more. and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, each containing 0.1 parts by mass to 30.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material. It is a coloring material.
  • the colored curable composition according to the present invention contains the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention, a polymerizable compound, and an initiator.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the colored curable composition according to the present invention. is.
  • a display device has the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, the brightness is improved, the colorant dispersion capable of forming a coating film in which the generation of foreign matter is suppressed, and the chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, and the brightness can provide a coloring material with improved Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored curable composition capable of forming a coating film in which chromaticity change upon heating is suppressed, luminance is improved, and generation of foreign matter is suppressed. Moreover, according to this invention, the color filter and display apparatus which were formed using the said colored curable composition can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention.
  • light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and radiation
  • radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 5 ⁇ m or less and electron beams.
  • (meth)acryloyl represents acryloyl and methacryloyl
  • (meth)acryl represents acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth)acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
  • chromaticity coordinates x and y are in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701:1999 measured using a C light source.
  • the term "to" indicating a numerical range is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
  • a transmittance of Z % or more in the range of X nm to Y nm means that the transmittance is Z % or more in the entire wavelength range of X nm to Y nm.
  • the colorant dispersion according to the present invention comprises a colorant, a dispersant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, and a solvent. and
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are added in an amount of 0.1 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass, respectively, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
  • the dispersant contains a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • Q is an acidic group.
  • the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention contains a specific amount of a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and a specific amount of an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less relative to the coloring material.
  • a dispersant an acidic dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value before salt formation of less than 10 mgKOH/g is used. It is possible to form a coating film in which change in chromaticity over time is suppressed, luminance is improved, and generation of foreign matter is suppressed.
  • a specific amount of a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and a specific amount of a pKa of 4 are interposed between the colorant and the specific acidic dispersant.
  • 0.0 or less acidic group-containing compound intervening, high interaction such as acid-base interaction, ⁇ - ⁇ interaction, hydrogen bonding, etc., is considered to enhance the colorant adsorptivity of the dispersant.
  • the coloring material is likely to be highly coated with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, and a dispersant, the coloring material It is presumed that the heat resistance of the coloring material is improved, the chromaticity change during heating of the coloring material is easily suppressed, and the brightness is improved.
  • the colorant dispersion according to the present invention even if a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are used in combination, the specific acidic The combination of the dispersant suppresses the generation of foreign matter on the coating film.
  • a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, which becomes a poorly soluble salt, has a pKa of 11.5 or more.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound portion of the acidic dispersant easily adsorbs to the acidic group, which is the coloring material adsorption site of the specific acidic dispersant, the slightly soluble salt is surrounded by the acidic dispersant as well as the coloring material, and the acidic dispersant Since solvent solubility can be ensured by the solvent-soluble portion of the agent, it is presumed that it is possible to form a coating film in which precipitation is unlikely to occur and the generation of foreign matter is suppressed.
  • a highly heat-resistant salt is formed, and the pKa is 11.5 or more when heated at a high temperature. and an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less are inhibited from decomposing. It is presumed that the chromaticity change during heating of the coloring material is more likely to be suppressed and the luminance is improved compared to the case of combining them.
  • the colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention contains at least a colorant, a dispersant containing the specific polymer, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group having a pKa of 4.0 or less. It contains a compound and a solvent, and may contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the coloring material dispersion according to the present invention comprises a coloring material, a dispersant containing the above-mentioned specific polymer, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less. and a solvent, and examples of the preparation method include the following aspects.
  • a dispersant containing a coloring material a specific polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and a pKa of 4.0 or less and a solvent are mixed to disperse the coloring material.
  • a dispersing agent containing a salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt in advance with an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a coloring material, and a solvent are mixed to disperse the coloring material.
  • a modified coloring material obtained by modifying the coloring material in advance with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less;
  • a dispersing agent containing a specific polymer having a structural unit with a solvent is mixed with a solvent to disperse the coloring material.
  • a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a colorant, a modified colorant Description will be made in the order of dispersant, solvent, and other components.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or higher is one or more selected from the group consisting of a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound, and has a pKa of 11.5 or higher. compounds shown.
  • a compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more is selected from the viewpoint of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and suppression of colorant chromaticity change.
  • the pKa of the nitrogen-containing basic compound is preferably 12.0 or more, and more preferably 12.5 or more, from the viewpoint of further suppressing chromaticity change upon heating and further improving luminance.
  • the upper limit of the acid dissociation constant is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, but 30 or less can be mentioned.
  • pKa is the value of the first-stage acid dissociation constant in water at 25°C.
  • the neutralization titration method described in Maruzen Co., Ltd., Kagaku Binran, Basic Edition, Revised 4th Edition can be used.
  • the tertiary amino group-containing basic compound contains a tertiary amino group, and if it is a basic compound, it further has another functional group.
  • Other functional groups include, for example, hydroxyl group, (meth)acryloyloxy group, (meth)acrylamide group, amide group, ether group and the like.
  • Examples of the tertiary amino group-containing basic compound include 1,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene (pKa: 12.1).
  • Examples of basic heterocyclic compounds include 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 (pKa: 12.5), 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]nonene- 5 (pKa: 12.7), 1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene (pKa: 14.7), and 7-methyl-1,5,7- and triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene (pKa: 14.4).
  • dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, and solvent re-solubility 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 (pKa: 12.5), 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.
  • a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more preferably has a molecular weight of 800 or less, more preferably 650 or less, and 500 or less from the viewpoint of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and coloring power. is even more preferable, and 350 or less is even more preferable.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more preferably has a molecular weight of 60 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more used in the present invention has a transmittance of 90% or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm in order to suppress coloring of the coloring material by addition. is preferred, and more preferably 93% or more. That is, the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or higher used in the present invention is preferably different from a colorant derivative such as a pigment derivative.
  • the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm is measured with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (for example, Shimadzu UV-2500PC) with a concentration of 0.01% by mass. It can be measured as a range that includes 700 nm.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more to be used in the present invention should have a solubility of 0.1 g/100 g solvent or more at 23° C. in the solvent used for the coloring material dispersion described later. It is preferably 0.5 g/100 g solvent or more, more preferably 1.0 g/100 g solvent or more.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or higher is used in an amount of 0.1 to 30.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
  • the content of the nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more is 0 per 100 parts by mass of the colorant, in order to sufficiently obtain the effects of the present invention and to suppress a decrease in coloring power. .1 to 15.0 parts by mass, 0.5 to 10.0 parts by mass, and further 1.0 to 7.0 parts by mass.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compounds having a pKa of 11.5 or higher may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When combining two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
  • the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is one or more selected from the group consisting of compounds having an acidic group, and includes compounds having a pKa of 4.0 or less.
  • a compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is selected from the viewpoint of suppressing the chromaticity change of the coloring material.
  • the pKa of the acidic group-containing compound is more preferably 3.0 or less, and even more preferably 2.5 or less, because the change in chromaticity during heating is suppressed and the luminance is further improved.
  • the lower limit of the acid dissociation constant is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but -20.0 or more can be mentioned.
  • the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is represented by the following general formulas (1) and (2), since the change in chromaticity during heating is more suppressed and the luminance is further improved. It is preferably one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds and having a pKa of 4.0 or less.
  • R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or -O- R b represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or a C 1 to 4 It represents a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group.
  • each of R c and R d may independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, or a substituent.
  • at least one of Rc and Rd contains a carbon atom.
  • the straight-chain, branched-chain or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R a , R b , R c , R d and R e is a straight-chain or Any branched chain may be used, and a cyclic structure may be included.
  • a straight, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is preferred, and a straight, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferred.
  • the substituents of the phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent include, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms , an acyl group, an acyloxy group, and the like.
  • Examples of the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and the carboxyl group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less include acetic acid (pKa: 3.8).
  • Examples of the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and the sulfonic acid group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less include benzenesulfonic acid (pKa: 0.7), vinylsulfonic acid (pKa: - 2.7), methanesulfonic acid (pKa: -1.9), p-toluenesulfonic acid (pKa: -2.8), monomethyl sulfate (pKa: -3.3), monoethyl sulfate (pKa: -3.
  • a hydrate such as p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate may also be used.
  • the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and the phosphorus-containing compound represented by the general formula (3) having a pKa of 4.0 or less include monobutyl phosphate (pKa: 1.5), Dibutyl phosphate (pKa: 1.5), methyl phosphate (pKa: 2.4), dibenzyl phosphate (pKa: 1.5), diphenyl phosphate (pKa: 1.1), phenylphosphinic acid (pKa: 2.1) ), phenylphosphonic acid (pKa: 1.9), dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate (pKa: 1.8), and the like.
  • Phenylphosphinic acid phenylphosphonic acid, dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, dibutylphosphoric acid, vinylsulfonic acid, and One or more selected from the group consisting of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate is preferable, and among them, one selected from the group consisting of phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate It is preferred to use more than one seed.
  • the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less used in the present invention preferably has a molecular weight of 1000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and further preferably 400 or less, from the viewpoint of coloring power. It is preferably 350 or less, and even more preferably 330 or less.
  • the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less preferably has a molecular weight of 60 or more, more preferably 100 or more, from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less used in the present invention must have a transmittance of 90% or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm in order to suppress coloring of the coloring material by addition. is preferred, and more preferably 93% or more. That is, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less used in the present invention is preferably different from a colorant derivative such as a pigment derivative.
  • the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less used in the present invention preferably has a solubility of 0.1 g/100 g solvent or more at 23° C. in the solvent used in the colorant dispersion described later. , more preferably 0.5 g/100 g solvent or more, and even more preferably 1.0 g/100 g solvent or more.
  • the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is used in an amount of 0.1 to 30.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
  • the content of the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is 0.00 per 100 parts by mass of the coloring material, in order to sufficiently obtain the effects of the present invention and to suppress a decrease in coloring power. It may be from 1 part by mass to 15.0 parts by mass, may be from 0.5 parts by mass to 10.0 parts by mass, and may be from 1.0 part by mass to 7.0 parts by mass.
  • the acidic group-containing compounds having a pKa of 4.0 or less may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When combining two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
  • the coloring material is not particularly limited as long as it can develop a desired color when the colored layer is formed. It can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, organic pigments are preferably used because of their high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of organic pigments include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (C.I.; published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists). .) numbered ones can be mentioned.
  • the inorganic pigments include titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc white, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red iron oxide (III), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, Prussian blue, oxide Chromium green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black, synthetic iron black, carbon black and the like can be mentioned.
  • a black pigment having high light-shielding properties is blended in the ink.
  • a black pigment with high light shielding properties for example, an inorganic pigment such as carbon black or triiron tetroxide, or an organic pigment such as cyanine black can be used.
  • the salt-forming compound of the dye refers to a compound in which the dye forms a salt with a counterion.
  • examples thereof include a salt-forming compound of a basic dye and an acid, and a salt-forming compound of an acid dye and a base, which are soluble in solvents. It also includes a lake pigment obtained by insolubilizing the dye in a solvent using a known lake formation (chlorination) technique.
  • a coloring material containing at least one selected from dyes and salt-forming compounds of dyes is used in combination with the dispersant of the present invention to improve the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material. can be done.
  • the dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes.
  • examples of such dyes include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, coumarin dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • azo dyes azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, coumarin dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • the amount of dye dissolved in 10 g of the solvent (or mixed solvent) is 10 mg or less, it can be determined that the dye can be dispersed in the solvent (or mixed solvent).
  • coloring materials include diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, copper phthalocyanine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine pigments, aluminum phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, azomethine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine dyes, triarylmethane dyes, quinophthalone dyes, and coumarin.
  • the use of the dispersant is preferable because a colored layer with high brightness can be formed.
  • the coloring material among others, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, quinophthalone pigments, copper phthalocyanine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine dyes, triarylmethane dyes, quinophthalone dyes, and salt-forming compounds of these dyes. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of:
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, 272, 291, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments represented by the following general formula (i), among which C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 272, 291, and at least one selected from diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments in which R 41 and R 42 in the following general formula (i) are each a 4-bromophenyl group are preferred.
  • R 41 and R 42 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.
  • Examples of anthraquinone pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 and the like.
  • Examples of quinophthalone pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, 231 and the like.
  • Examples of copper phthalocyanine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:5, 15:6, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36 and the like, among which C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 is preferred.
  • Examples of zinc phthalocyanine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, 59 and the like.
  • Examples of aluminum phthalocyanine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Green 62, 63 and the like.
  • Examples of dioxazine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 and the like.
  • Examples of azomethine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and the like.
  • Examples of quinophthalone dyes include C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 64, 67, 134, 149, 160, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 114, 157 and the like, among which C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54 is preferred.
  • Examples of triarylmethane dyes include C.I. I. Basic Red 9, C.I. I. Basic Blue 1, 7 and the like.
  • Examples of phthalocyanine dyes include C.I. I. Basic Blue 140, and C.I. I. Zinc phthalocyanine dyes obtained by substituting zinc for the central metal of Basic Blue 140, and the like.
  • Coloring materials represented by the following general formula (A) are also suitably used in combination with the dispersant of the present invention from the viewpoint of brightness.
  • A is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a ⁇ bond, and the organic group has at least a saturated aliphatic carbonized
  • B c- represents a c-valent polyacid anion.
  • R i to R v each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group, R ii and R iii , R iv and R v may combine to form a ring structure, and each of R vi and R vii is independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano
  • Ar 1 represents an optionally substituted divalent aromatic group, and a plurality of R i to R vii and Ar 1 may be the same or different.
  • a and c represent integers of 2 or more; b and d represent integers of 1 or more; e is 0 or 1 and when e is 0 there is no bond.
  • f and g represent integers of 0 or more and 4 or less, and f+e and g+e are 0 or more and 4 or less. Multiple e, f and g may be the same or different.
  • each code of the colorant represented by the general formula (A) reference can be made to the explanation of the code of the corresponding part of the general formula (I) described in International Publication No. 2018/003706.
  • Examples of the partial structure and other structures of the colorant represented by the general formula (A) include structures described in WO 2018/003706, WO 2012/144521, and the like.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the coloring material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the coloring layer of the color filter can develop a desired color, and varies depending on the type of coloring material used. is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 15 to 60 nm. Since the average primary particle diameter of the colorant is within the above range, the display device equipped with the color filter manufactured using the colorant dispersion according to the present invention has high brightness, high contrast, and high quality. can do.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the colorant in the colorant dispersion varies depending on the type of colorant used, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, more preferably in the range of 15 to 60 nm. preferable.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the colorant in the colorant dispersion is the dispersed particle size of the colorant particles dispersed in the dispersion medium containing at least the solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. is.
  • the solvent used in the colorant dispersion liquid is appropriately diluted to a concentration that can be measured by the laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times etc.), and can be measured at 23° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution analyzer (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution analyzer UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.).
  • the average distribution particle size here is the volume average particle size.
  • the coloring material used in the present invention can be produced by known methods such as recrystallization and solvent salt milling. Alternatively, a commercially available coloring material may be used after undergoing fine processing.
  • the content of the coloring material in the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, the content of the colorant is, for example, preferably 5% to 80% by mass, more preferably 8% to 70% by mass, based on the total solid content in the colorant dispersion. %. In particular, when forming a coating film or a colored layer having a high colorant concentration, the solid content in the colorant dispersion is preferably 30% to 80% by mass, more preferably 40% to 75% by mass. It is within the range of % by mass.
  • the coloring materials may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more are combined, the total content is preferably within the above range.
  • the solid content refers to all substances other than the solvent described above, and includes monomers and the like dissolved in the solvent.
  • the modified colorant of the present invention contains a colorant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less.
  • a modified color containing 0.1 parts by mass to 30.0 parts by mass of a nitrogen-containing basic compound and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material. It is wood.
  • a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are combined with the colorant, an acid-base interaction, and a ⁇ - ⁇ interaction. Since the coloring material is modified by hydrogen bonding or the like, the stability of the coloring material is improved and the heat resistance is improved. Further, the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less contained in the modified colorant of the present invention each have a wavelength in the range of 400 nm to 700 nm. Since a compound having a transmittance of 90% or more and having no colored skeleton such as a pigment derivative can be selected, coloring is very little and the brightness is not lowered by addition, so the modified colorant tends to have high brightness.
  • the colorant used in the modified colorant of the present invention the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less may be the same as those described above. Therefore, the description here is omitted.
  • a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are added to 100 parts by mass of the colorant, respectively.
  • the modified colorant of the present invention comprises a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less. It is preferable to contain 0.1 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 1.0 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass.
  • the modified colorant of the present invention comprises a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less. It is preferable to contain 20 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, based on the mass.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less may be used alone or in combination with each other in the modification colorant. The above may be combined. When combining two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and at least part of the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less form a salt. It is preferable from the viewpoint that the heat resistance of the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are mutually improved, and the heat resistance of the coloring material is improved. .
  • the modified colorant of the present invention for example, after mixing the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, and the colorant, , and dry grinding.
  • a ball mill, a vibrating mill, an attritor, or the like can be used as a dry pulverizer, and the pulverization temperature can be freely set between 20 and 130°C.
  • a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a colorant, and sodium chloride a method of mixing a water-soluble inorganic salt such as calcium chloride or ammonium sulfate with a water-soluble organic solvent such as a glycol-based organic solvent, and kneading the mixture with a kneader type grinder by a solvent salt milling method.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a dye, and a lake agent and pulverize the modified colorant obtained by mixing and forming a lake by various methods.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, and a dye are mixed in a solvent. After dissolving, it is dried and pulverized by various methods.
  • the average primary particle size of the modified colorant of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it enables desired color development, and varies depending on the type of colorant used. It is preferably in the range of 10-100 nm, more preferably 15-60 nm. When the average primary particle size of the colorant is within the above range, the colored layer produced using the modified colorant according to the present invention can have high brightness and high quality.
  • the average primary particle size represents the volume distribution median diameter (D50).
  • the particle size of the modified colorant was measured by attaching a dedicated bright-field STEM sample stage and an optional detector to a field emission scanning electron microscope (S-4800) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.
  • STEM STEM photograph
  • a measurement sample to be subjected to STEM is prepared by mixing a modified coloring material and toluene and dropping the mixture onto a mesh attached with a collodion film.
  • D50 volume distribution median diameter
  • the modified colorant of the present invention contains a colorant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less, and the ratio thereof is , for example, mass spectroscopy, elemental analysis, surface analysis, potentiometric titration, and combinations thereof. More specifically, for example, after washing the modified colorant with an alcoholic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, or a solvent such as N-methylpyrrolidone, the washed colorant is analyzed by mass spectrometry, and the pKa is 11.5. It can be confirmed by detecting a peak derived from the structure derived from the nitrogen-containing basic compound or the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and a peak of the coloring material.
  • an alcoholic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, or a solvent such as N-methylpyrrolidone
  • a polymer having a constitutional unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation is used as the dispersant.
  • a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation contains at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) and a base It may be a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed with a polar compound.
  • the basic compound forming a salt with at least part of the acidic groups in the salt-type polymer may be a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, or a basic compound having a pKa of 11.5.
  • a basic compound different from the above nitrogen-containing basic compounds may be included.
  • R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • Q is an acidic group.
  • the divalent linking group includes, for example, a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a hydroxyl group Hydrogen group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, -CONH- group, -COO- group, -NHCOO- group, ether group (-O- group), thioether group (-S- group), and combinations thereof.
  • the bonding direction of the divalent linking group is arbitrary.
  • -CO when -CONH- is included in the divalent linking group, -CO may be on the carbon atom side of the main chain and -NH may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain, on the contrary, -NH is the main chain --CO may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include linear groups such as a methylene group, a dimethylene group (ethylene group), a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, an octamethylene group, and a decamethylene group.
  • branched alkylene groups such as a branched alkylene group, methylmethylene group, methylethylene group, 1-methylpentylene group and 1,4-dimethylbutylene group; and cyclic alkylene groups such as a cyclopentylene group and a cyclohexylene group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 16, more preferably 1 to 12, and even more preferably 2 to 8, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
  • Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
  • a in the general formula (I) is preferably a divalent linking group containing at least one of -CONH- group and -COO- group, -CONH- group and -COO
  • a divalent linking group containing at least one - group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain an oxygen atom is more preferable.
  • Phosphate group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers include, for example, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, acid phosphooxypolyoxyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate and the like.
  • Sulfonic acid group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers include (meth)acryloyloxyethylsulfonic acid, 2-(meth)acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid and the like.
  • the acidic group represented by Q is preferably a carboxy group from the viewpoint of brightness, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) includes a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II). is preferred.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R 1 and A in general formula (II) may be the same as in general formula (I).
  • Examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) include a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from vinylbenzoic acid, and a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid ester.
  • the general formula (II) includes structural units represented by the following general formula (II-1) and structural units represented by the following general formula (II-2). At least one selected from the group consisting of is preferred.
  • the structural unit represented by the following general formula (II-1) and the following general formula (II-2) It is preferable to have a structural unit that is
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom
  • R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • the structural unit represented by general formula (II-1) is a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid.
  • R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group for R 2 may be the same as described above.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing an oxygen atom in R 2 has a structure in which the carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group are replaced with oxygen atoms, or the hydrogen atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group are oxygen atoms has a structure substituted with a substituent containing
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom includes, for example, a structure in which a connecting group such as -O-, -COO-, -OCO- is included in the carbon chain of the hydrocarbon group.
  • oxygen atom-containing aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include -R 20 -(OR 21 )s- (wherein R 20 and R 21 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, s represents a number from 1 to 80), -R 22 -(OCO-R 23 )t- (wherein R 22 and R 23 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, t is a number from 1 to 40 represents).
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon groups for R 20 , R 21 , R 22 and R 23 may be the same as the above aliphatic hydrocarbon groups.
  • R 20 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • R 21 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • s is 1 to 40
  • a number between 2 and 25, more preferably between 2 and 10 is preferred.
  • R 22 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • R 23 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • t is 1 to 30. , more preferably a number from 1 to 20, even more from 1 to 10.
  • R 20 and R 22 are each independently preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 21 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an ethylene group or a propylene group.
  • R 23 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the substituent containing an oxygen atom include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxy group.
  • R 2 may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. can be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. can be
  • R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 3 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a combination thereof, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be the same as those described above.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group of R 3 is 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 16, more preferably 2 to 12, and even more preferably 2 to 6, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
  • the structural unit represented by general formula (II-2) can be derived from, for example, a monomer that is an addition reaction product of a (meth)acrylate having a hydroxyl group and a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid anhydride.
  • (Meth)acrylates having a hydroxyl group include, for example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6- Hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, (poly)ethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, (poly)propylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester modified ⁇ -caprolactone and the like.
  • Aliphatic dicarboxylic acids or aliphatic dicarboxylic anhydrides include malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, 1,6-hexanedicarboxylic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, succinic anhydride and adipic anhydride. , hexahydrophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and the like.
  • Aromatic dicarboxylic acids or aromatic dicarboxylic anhydrides include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,7-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, diphenyldicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxy diphenyl ether, phthalic anhydride, naphthalic anhydride and the like.
  • the pKa of the monomer from which the structural unit represented by general formula (I) is derived is preferably 3.0 or more and less than 6.0, more preferably 3.5 or more and less than 5.0. Further, the pKa of the monomer that induces the structural unit represented by general formula (I) is preferably higher than the pKa of the acidic group-containing compound used in combination with the pKa of 4.0 or less.
  • a structural unit having a strong acid group with a pKa of less than 3.0 tends to deprive a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more from an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less by salt exchange.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may inhibit salt formation between an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and as a result, sufficient improvement in heat resistance and brightness may not be obtained.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has a higher pKa than the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less to be used in combination, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less can be converted to pKa is less likely to deprive the nitrogen-containing basic compound of 11.5 or more by salt exchange, and sufficient improvement in heat resistance and brightness can be easily obtained.
  • the structural unit represented by general formula (I) may consist of one type, or may contain two or more types of structural units.
  • the structural units represented by the general formula (I) are derived from all the structural units represented by the general formula (I).
  • the pKa of the monomer to be used is preferably 3.0 or more and less than 6.0, more preferably 3.5 or more and less than 5.0.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a copolymer from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is and a block copolymer having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • the graft copolymer used in the present invention has, in the main chain, a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) that functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material, and in the side chain, it functions as a solvent affinity site. It is preferably a copolymer having a graft polymer chain that
  • the graft copolymer has a graft polymer chain functioning as a solvent affinity site in a side chain.
  • the polymer chain preferably has a solubility of 20 (g/100 g solvent) or more at 23° C. in the solvent used in combination.
  • the solubility of the polymer chain can be determined based on the solubility of the raw material into which the polymer chain is introduced when preparing the graft copolymer.
  • the polymerizable oligomer when using a polymerizable oligomer (macromonomer) containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond at the polymer chain and its terminal in order to introduce a polymer chain into the graft copolymer, the polymerizable oligomer is the above So long as it has solubility. Further, after a copolymer is formed from a monomer containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, using a polymer chain containing a reactive group capable of reacting with the reactive group contained in the copolymer, When a polymer chain is introduced, it is sufficient that the polymer chain containing the reactive group has the aforementioned solubility.
  • the graft copolymer used in the present invention has, in the main chain, a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) that functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material, and further has a side chain as a solvent affinity site. It preferably has a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III) having a functional polymer chain.
  • R 1′′ represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 1 represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • Polymer represents a polymer chain.
  • a 1 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group for A 1 is not particularly limited as long as it can link the carbon atom derived from the ethylenically unsaturated double bond and the polymer chain.
  • the divalent linking group may be the same as A in formula (I).
  • a 1 in the general formula (III) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, a -CONH- group or -
  • a divalent linking group containing a COO- group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain an oxygen atom is more preferable.
  • the polymer chain preferably contains at least one structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV).
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 2 is a divalent linking group
  • R 4 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and which may contain a hetero atom. .
  • A2 is a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group for A 2 include those similar to the divalent linking group for A 1 .
  • a 2 in the general formula (IV) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, and -CONH- group or -COO- group is more preferred.
  • the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group optionally containing a heteroatom in R 4 is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkyl-substituted aryl group. and the like.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n- nonyl group, n-lauryl group, n-stearyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, adamantyl group, lower alkyl group-substituted adamantyl group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-6.
  • the alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such alkenyl groups include vinyl groups, allyl groups, and propenyl groups. Although the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, it is preferable that the alkenyl group has a double bond at the terminal from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the resulting polymer.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Aryl groups include phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tolyl, and xylyl groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-24, more preferably 6-12.
  • the aralkyl group includes a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like, and may further have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7-20, more preferably 7-14.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be bonded as a substituent to the aromatic ring such as the aryl group or the aralkyl group.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 4 is, among others, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group, and
  • the alkyl group is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aralkyl groups having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and n-butyl. It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of groups, n-nonyl groups, n-lauryl groups, n-stearyl groups, phenyl groups optionally substituted with alkyl groups, and benzyl groups.
  • the heteroatom-containing hydrocarbon group for R 4 has a structure in which a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a heteroatom, or a hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a heteroatom-containing substituent. It has a well-defined structure.
  • Heteroatoms which the hydrocarbon group may contain include, for example, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom and the like.
  • the hydrocarbon group which may contain a heteroatom includes, for example, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -O-, -S-, -CO-S-, - S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -OCO-NH-, -NH-COO-, -NH-CO-NH-, -NH-O- , —O—NH— and other connecting groups.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent as long as it does not interfere with the dispersion performance of the graft copolymer. Nitro group, cyano group, epoxy group, isocyanate group, thiol group and the like.
  • the hydrocarbon group optionally containing a heteroatom for R 4 may have a structure in which a polymerizable group such as an alkenyl group is added to the end of the hydrocarbon group via a linking group containing a heteroatom.
  • Examples of monomers that derive structural units represented by general formula (IV) include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) Acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate , dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2- Hydroxy
  • the solvent is an ether-alcohol acetate-based, ether-based, ester-based, or alcohol-based organic solvent generally used as a solvent for a colorant dispersion
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the total proportion of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the polymer chain is based on the total structural units (100% by mass) of the polymer chain. , 100% by mass.
  • the total proportion of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the polymer chain is 40% by mass or more with respect to all structural units of the polymer chain. and more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • the polymer chain of the macromonomer among the structural units represented by the general formula (IV), from the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') It is preferable to contain at least one kind of structural unit selected from the group consisting of the point of suppressing the generation of foreign substances, the point of improving the adhesion to the substrate, and the point of shortening the development time.
  • R 11′ is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 2′ is a divalent linking group
  • R 5 is an ethylene group or a propylene group
  • R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • m represents a number of 2 or more and 80 or less.
  • R 11 ′′ is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 2 ′′ is a divalent linking group
  • R 7 is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 8 has 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • n represents a number of 1 or more and 40 or less.
  • a 2′ and A 2′′ are each independently a divalent linking group.
  • a 2 The divalent linking group for ' and A2 '' includes, for example, the same divalent linking groups for A2.
  • a 2′ and A 2′′ are each independently a divalent linking group containing a —CONH— or —COO— group. is preferred, and -CONH- or -COO- is more preferred.
  • the m in the general formula (V) represents the number of repeating units of an ethylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain, and represents a number of 2 or more. It is preferably 4 or more. On the other hand, although the upper limit of m is 80 or less, it is preferably 50 or less from the viewpoint of solubility in solvents used for color filters.
  • R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • examples of the hydrocarbon group for R 6 include an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group, and Combinations thereof, such as aralkyl groups and alkyl-substituted aryl groups, are included.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group for R 6 include the same hydrocarbon groups as those for R 4 .
  • the hydrocarbon groups for R 6 from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group, and an alkyl group.
  • aralkyl groups having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, n It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of -nonyl group, n-lauryl group, n-stearyl group, phenyl group optionally substituted with an alkyl group, and benzyl group.
  • R 7 is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility.
  • R 8 is an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Among them, an alkylene group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 5 carbon atoms are preferable from the standpoint of substrate adhesion.
  • R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and the hydrocarbon group for R 9 may be the same as the hydrocarbon group for R 6 above.
  • n in the general formula (V′) represents the number of repeating units of the lactone chain, and represents a number of 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, from the viewpoint of substrate adhesion. is preferred.
  • the upper limit of n is 40 or less, but preferably 20 or less in terms of solubility in solvents used for color filters.
  • At least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (V) and structural units represented by the following general formula (V') may be used alone. Although it is good, two or more kinds may be mixed. From the viewpoint of improving adhesion to a substrate and shortening the development time, the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the following are added to all the structural units of the polymer chain in the macromonomer of the graft copolymer.
  • the total proportion of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by general formula (V′) is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more. , more preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • the total proportion of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') is the solvent re-solubility point Therefore, it is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less, based on the total structural units of the polymer chain.
  • the structural unit of the polymer chain in the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) of the graft copolymer includes the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the following general formula (V').
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) which includes at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural units described above, other structural units may be included.
  • other structural units include structural units derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomers that are copolymerizable with the ethylenically unsaturated monomers from which the structural units represented by general formula (IV) are derived.
  • monomers from which other structural units are derived include styrene, styrenes such as ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as phenyl vinyl ether, and the like.
  • the total ratio of the other structural units to the total structural units of the polymer chain is is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the polymer chain is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the colorant. It is preferably 15,000 or less, and even more preferably 12,000 or less. Within the above range, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the above-described effects can be improved by increasing the specific surface area of the solvent affinity portion of the dispersant.
  • the mass-average molecular weight Mw of the polymer chain can be measured in the same manner as for the dispersant, which will be described later, for the polymer chain containing the polymerizable oligomer or the reactive group.
  • the polymer chain preferably has an acid value of 10 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g or less, from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of foreign matter and dispersion stability.
  • the acid value of the polymer chain containing the polymerizable oligomer or the reactive group can be measured in the same manner as the acid value of the dispersant, which will be described later.
  • the polymer chain may contain a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, all structural units of the polymer chain
  • the total proportion of structural units containing acidic groups is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 0% by mass.
  • the polymer chain preferably has an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g or less, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the amine value of the polymer chain is the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide equivalent to the amount of hydrochloric acid required to neutralize 1 g of the solid content of the polymer chain containing the polymerizable oligomer or the reactive group. and is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 7237:1995.
  • the polymer chain may contain a nitrogen atom-containing structural unit as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the total proportion of the structural units is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 0% by mass.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total structural units of the main chain of the graft copolymer, It is more preferably 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the portion having an affinity for the colorant in the graft copolymer is appropriate, and Since it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the solubility in solvents, the adsorptivity to coloring materials is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability, and solvent re-solubility can be obtained.
  • the total content ratio of the structural units containing the graft polymer chain and the structural units represented by the general formula (III) is 40% by mass or more and 97% by mass or less is preferable, 55% by mass or more and 94% by mass or less is more preferable, and 65% by mass or more and 91% by mass or less is even more preferable.
  • the ratio of the solvent affinity portion in the graft copolymer becomes appropriate, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the specific surface area of the solvent affinity portion of the dispersant is increased, so that the above effect can be improved.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit is derived from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) when synthesizing the graft copolymer. It is calculated from the charged amount of the monomer.
  • the graft copolymer used in the present invention is a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (III) within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Besides, it may have other structural units.
  • As the other structural unit an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that can be copolymerized with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is appropriately selected and copolymerized. can be introduced.
  • Other structural units copolymerized with the structural units represented by the general formula (I) in the main chain include, for example, the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) and the general formula (I ), and structural units containing acidic groups different from the structural units represented by ).
  • Examples of monomers from which a structural unit containing an acidic group different from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is derived include maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, and cinnamon. acids and the like.
  • the total content of other structural units copolymerized in the main chain is preferably 40% by mass or less with respect to all structural units in the main chain of the graft copolymer, It is more preferably 20% by mass or less, and may be 0% by mass.
  • the method for producing the graft copolymer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of producing a graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) for example, a monomer represented by the following general formula (Ia), the polymer chain and an ethylenically unsaturated divalent
  • a method of producing a graft copolymer by containing and copolymerizing a polymerizable oligomer (macromonomer) composed of a group having a heavy bond as a copolymerization component can be mentioned. If necessary, other monomers may also be used, and the graft copolymer can be produced using known polymerization means.
  • the monomer represented by the general formula (Ia) and other ethylenically unsaturated monomers are addition-polymerized.
  • a polymer chain may be introduced.
  • a functional group that reacts with the substituent is added.
  • a polymer chain may be introduced by reacting with a polymer chain contained therein.
  • a copolymer having a glycidyl group in the side chain is reacted with a polymer chain having a terminal carboxyl group, or a copolymer having an isocyanate group in the side chain is reacted with a polymer chain having a hydroxyl group at the terminal.
  • additives commonly used in polymerization such as polymerization initiators, dispersion stabilizers, and chain transfer agents, may be used.
  • the block copolymer used in the present invention has an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), which functions as an adsorption site for the colorant.
  • the block copolymer used in the present invention preferably further has a B block functioning as a solvent affinity site.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is the same as described above, so the description is omitted here.
  • the structural unit represented by general formula (I) may consist of one type, or may contain two or more types of structural units.
  • the A block may further contain other structural units as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that can be copolymerized with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is appropriately selected and copolymerized. can be introduced.
  • Other structural units contained in the A block within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention include, for example, structural units represented by the general formula (IV) and structures represented by the general formula (I) Structural units containing acidic groups different from the units are included.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) and the structural unit containing an acidic group different from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) are the same as those described for the graft copolymer. Since it is acceptable, the explanation here is omitted.
  • the total content of other structural units contained in the A block is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the effects of the present invention, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, It is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and may be 0% by mass.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) contained in the A block should be 60% by mass or more based on the total structural units of the A block from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. is preferred, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
  • the B block is a block that functions as a solvent affinity site.
  • the B block is selected from among ethylenically unsaturated monomers copolymerizable with the ethylenically unsaturated monomers from which the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is derived, depending on the solvent so as to have solvent affinity. It is preferable to select and use them as appropriate.
  • As a guideline it is preferable to introduce the B block so that the solubility of the block copolymer at 23° C. in the solvent used in combination is 20 (g/100 g solvent) or more.
  • the B block which functions as a solvent affinity site, improves the solvent affinity and improves the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
  • ) preferably contains at least one structural unit represented by Since the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) contained in the B block may be the same as those described in the graft copolymer, the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the total proportion of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the B block is 100% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the B block. There may be.
  • the total proportion of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the B block is 40% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the B block. and more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • the B block is a group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (V) and structural units represented by the general formula (V') among the structural units represented by the general formula (IV). It is preferable to contain at least one structural unit selected from from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of foreign matter, improving the adhesion to the substrate, and shortening the development time. At least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the general formula (V') contained in the B block includes a graft Since it may be the same as that described in the polymer, the description here is omitted.
  • At least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (V) and structural units represented by the following general formula (V') may be Although it is good, two or more kinds may be mixed. From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of foreign matter and improving the adhesion to the substrate and shortening the development time, the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structure represented by the following general formula (V')
  • the total proportion of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of units is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, relative to all the structural units of the B block. , more preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • the total proportion of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') is the solvent re-solubility point Therefore, it is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less, based on all structural units of the B block.
  • the B block includes at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (V) and structural units represented by the following general formula (V′). Other structural units may be included in addition to the structural units represented by general formula (IV). Examples of other structural units include structural units derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomers that are copolymerizable with the ethylenically unsaturated monomers from which the structural units represented by general formula (IV) are derived. Examples of monomers from which other structural units are derived include styrene, styrenes such as ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as phenyl vinyl ether, and the like.
  • the total proportion of other structural units is preferably 30% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less, relative to all the structural units of the B block, from the viewpoint of the effects of the present invention. is more preferred.
  • the mass average molecular weight Mw of the B block is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, It is more preferably 15,000 or less, and even more preferably 12,000 or less. Within the above range, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the above-described effects can be improved by increasing the specific surface area of the solvent affinity portion of the dispersant.
  • the mass-average molecular weight Mw of only the B block can be measured in the same manner as for the dispersant, which will be described later, for the polymer of only the B block.
  • the B block preferably has an acid value of 10 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g, from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of foreign matter and dispersion stability.
  • the acid value can be measured in the same manner as the acid value of the dispersant, which will be described later, for the polymer having only the B block.
  • the B block is at least one selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (I) and structural units represented by the general formula (II), as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Structural units containing acidic groups such as seed structural units may be contained, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the total ratio of structural units containing acidic groups to all structural units of the B block is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 0% by mass.
  • the B block preferably has an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
  • the amine value of the B block can be measured in the same manner as the amine value of the polymer chain described above for a polymer having only the B block.
  • the B block may contain a nitrogen atom-containing structural unit as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the total proportion of the structural units is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 0% by mass.
  • the B block may be selected so as to function as a solvent affinity site, and the structural unit may consist of one type, or two or more types may be mixed.
  • the B block contains two or more structural units, the two or more structural units may be randomly copolymerized within the B block.
  • the bonding order of the block copolymer is not particularly limited as long as it can stably disperse the coloring material, but the A block is bonded to one end of the block copolymer.
  • the AB type block copolymer, the ABA type block copolymer, and the BAB type block copolymer are preferred from the viewpoint that they are excellent in interaction with the colorant and can effectively suppress aggregation between dispersants.
  • AB type block copolymers and BAB type block copolymers are particularly preferred.
  • the total content of the A block is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, and 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, based on the total structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer. More preferably, 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less is even more preferable. If the total content of the A block in the block copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the portion having an affinity for the coloring material in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and a decrease in solubility in solvents can be suppressed. Therefore, the adsorption to the coloring material is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability and solvent re-solubility are obtained.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer, It is more preferably 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the block copolymer is within the above range, the proportion of the affinity portion with the colorant in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and Since it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the solubility in solvents, the adsorptivity to coloring materials is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability and solvent re-solubility can be obtained.
  • the total content of the B block is preferably 40% by mass or more and 97% by mass or less, and 55% by mass or more and 94% by mass, based on the total structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer.
  • the following are more preferable, and 65% by mass or more and 91% by mass or less are even more preferable.
  • the total content of the B block in the block copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the solvent affinity portion in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit is derived from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) when synthesizing the block copolymer. It is calculated from the charged amount of the monomer.
  • the method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited.
  • a block copolymer can be produced by a known method, but is preferably produced by a living polymerization method. This is because chain transfer and deactivation are unlikely to occur, a copolymer having a uniform molecular weight can be produced, and dispersibility and the like can be improved.
  • Examples of the living polymerization method include a living radical polymerization method, a living anion polymerization method such as a group transfer polymerization method, a living cationic polymerization method, and the like.
  • a copolymer can be produced by sequentially polymerizing monomers by these methods.
  • a block copolymer can be produced by first producing the A block and then polymerizing the structural units constituting the B block onto the A block. Also, the order of polymerization of the A block and the B block can be reversed in the above production method. It is also possible to prepare the A and B blocks separately and then couple the A and B blocks.
  • the amine value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is less than 10 mgKOH/g in order to form a coating film in which generation of foreign matter is suppressed.
  • the amine value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by formula (I) before salt formation may be less than 3 mgKOH/g, preferably 0 mgKOH/g from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
  • the amine value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by formula (I) before salt formation can be measured in the same manner as the amine value of the polymer chain described above.
  • the acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. More preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is preferably 250 mgKOH/g or less, preferably 180 mgKOH/g or less, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility. more preferably 160 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component contained in 1 g of the solid content of the copolymer. (mg) and is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 0070:1992.
  • the mass-average molecular weight Mw of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. is more preferable, and 6000 or more is even more preferable. On the other hand, it is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility.
  • the ratio (Mw/Mn) between the mass average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the dispersant, which is the graft copolymer is preferably 4.0 or less, and 3.5 from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably 3.0 or less.
  • the ratio (Mw/Mn) between the mass average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the dispersant, which is the block copolymer is preferably 1.8 or less, and 1.6 from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably 1.4 or less, more preferably 1.4 or less.
  • the mass average molecular weight Mw and number average molecular weight Mn are values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • the measurement was carried out using Tosoh's HLC-8120GPC, the elution solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone to which 0.01 mol/liter of lithium bromide was added, and the polystyrene standards for the calibration curve were Mw 377400, 210500, 96000, 50400, 20650, 10850, 5460, 2930, 1300, 580 (Easi PS-2 series manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) and Mw 1090000 (manufactured by Tosoh), and the measurement column was TSK-GEL ALPHA-M ⁇ 2 (manufactured by Tosoh). is.
  • the salt-type polymer used as a dispersant in the present invention includes at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and a basic It is a salt-type polymer in which a compound forms a salt.
  • the basic compound forming a salt with at least part of the acidic groups in the salt-type polymer may be a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, or a basic compound having a pKa of 11.5. A basic compound different from the above nitrogen-containing basic compounds may be included.
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more may be the same as described above, the description thereof is omitted here.
  • Examples of the basic compound different from the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more include a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of less than 11.5.
  • Basic compounds different from nitrogen-containing basic compounds having a pKa of 11.5 or more include, for example, N,N,N′,N′′,N′′-pentamethyldiethylenetriamine (pKa: 8.8), tetramethylethylenediamine (pKa: 8.3), dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (pKa: 8.2), dimethylbenzylamine (pKa: 9), triethylamine (pKa: 10.8), tributylamine (pKa: 10), bis(2- dimethylaminoethyl) ether (pKa: 9.1), N,N,N',N'-tetramethylpropanediamine (pKa: 9.9), N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-1, 6-hexanediamine (pKa: 10.1), 2-(dimethylamino)ethanol (pKa: 9.3), N,N,N',N',N'-pentamethyldipropylenetri
  • tertiary amino group-containing basic compounds such as N,N-dimethylcyclohexylamine (pKa: 10.7), N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]acrylamide (pKa: 10.4), and 2 -methylimidazole (pKa: 7.8), 1-isobutyl-2-methylimidazole (pKa: 7.8), and basic heterocyclic compounds such as triethylenediamine (pKa: 8.8).
  • the basic compound forming a salt with at least part of the acidic groups in the salt-type polymer preferably has a molecular weight of 800 or less, more preferably 650 or less, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferably, it is 500 or less, and even more preferably 350 or less. On the other hand, the basic compound preferably has a molecular weight of 60 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • the content of the basic compound forming a salt with at least a part of the acidic groups forms a salt with the terminal acidic group of the structural unit represented by general formula (I). Therefore, the total amount of at least one selected from basic compounds is preferably 0.01 molar equivalent or more with respect to the terminal acidic group of the structural unit represented by general formula (I). , more preferably 0.05 molar equivalents or more, more preferably 0.10 molar equivalents or more, and particularly preferably 0.15 molar equivalents or more. If it is at least the above lower limit, the effect of improving colorant dispersibility, contrast, substrate adhesion and brightness by salt formation is likely to be obtained.
  • a basic compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may combine 2 or more types. When combining two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
  • the basic compound is added to a solvent in which the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is dissolved or dispersed, and the mixture is stirred.
  • a method of heating, if necessary, and the like can be mentioned.
  • the fact that the terminal acidic group of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the polymer and the basic compound form a salt, and the ratio thereof can be determined by known methods such as NMR. It can be confirmed by the method.
  • the polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation is A graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer and a basic compound form a salt.
  • a block copolymer having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) in the block copolymer and a basic compound is at least one of salt-type block copolymers forming a salt.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation has good dispersibility and dispersion stability, and suppresses the generation of foreign matter
  • the content of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation is , preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, even more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 50% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
  • the dispersant contains at least a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation.
  • other dispersants may be contained as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • a known dispersant can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the colorant dispersion according to the present invention contains an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less
  • a basic dispersant capable of forming a salt with an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is further added.
  • the basic dispersant among others, a polymer having a constitutional unit represented by the following general formula (VI) and having an amine value of 35 mgKOH/g or more before forming a salt is preferred in terms of dispersibility and dispersion stability. , is preferred from the point of solvent re-solubility.
  • R 31 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 3 is a divalent linking group
  • R 32 and R 33 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a carbon atom that may contain a hetero atom. represents a hydrogen group, and R 32 and R 33 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • A3 is a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group in A3 may be the same as A in the general formula ( I).
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group optionally containing a heteroatom for R 32 and R 33 include an alkyl group, an aralkyl group and an aryl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like, and the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is 1 to 18 are preferable, and among them, a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
  • the aralkyl group includes, for example, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7-20, more preferably 7-14.
  • Aryl groups include phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tolyl, and xylyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-24, more preferably 6-12.
  • the preferable number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
  • a heteroatom-containing hydrocarbon group has a structure in which a carbon atom in the above hydrocarbon group is replaced with a heteroatom.
  • the heteroatom that the hydrocarbon group may contain include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom and the like.
  • a hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a halogen atom such as an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, fluorine atom, chlorine atom or bromine atom.
  • R 32 and R 33 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure means that R 32 and R 33 form a ring structure via a nitrogen atom.
  • a heteroatom may be included in the ring structure formed by R 32 and R 33 .
  • the ring structure is not particularly limited, examples thereof include pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring, morpholine ring and the like.
  • R 32 and R 33 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, or R 32 and R 33 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, It preferably forms a piperidine ring or a morpholine ring, in which at least one of R 32 and R 33 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, or R 32 and R 33 are bonded preferably form a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, or a morpholine ring.
  • Examples of structural units represented by the general formula (VI) include alkyl group-substituted amino groups such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and diethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate.
  • Examples thereof include group-containing (meth)acrylates and alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth)acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylamide and dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylamide.
  • dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the structural unit represented by general formula (VI) may consist of one type, or may contain two or more types of structural units.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is preferably a copolymer from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is and a block copolymer having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI).
  • the structural unit having a graft polymer chain that functions as a solvent affinity site has a structural unit represented by the general formula (I). It may be the same as the structural unit having a graft polymer chain in the graft copolymer or the structural unit represented by the general formula (III).
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) to the total structural units of the main chain of the graft copolymer may be the same as the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • the structural unit containing the graft polymer chain or the general formula (III) for all the structural units of the main chain of the graft copolymer The total content of the structural units represented by the above general formula (I) is a structural unit containing a graft polymer chain in a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) or a structural unit represented by the general formula (III). may be the same as the total content ratio of Furthermore, the method for producing the graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is the same as the method for producing the graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). It's fine.
  • the B block functioning as a solvent affinity site is the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). It may be the same as the B block in the block copolymer having the A block containing. Also, the bonding order of the block copolymer may be the same as that of the block copolymer containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • the total content of the A block with respect to all the structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer, or the general formula (VI) is the total content ratio of the A block in the block copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), or the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may be similar to Further, in the block copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), the total content of the B block with respect to all the structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer is represented by the general formula (I).
  • the method for producing the block copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is the same as the method for producing the block copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). It's fine.
  • the mass average molecular weight Mw of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. 6000 or more is even more preferable. On the other hand, it is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility.
  • the ratio (Mw/Mn) between the mass average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the dispersant, which is the graft copolymer is preferably 4.0 or less, and 3.5 from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
  • the ratio (Mw/Mn) between the mass average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the dispersant, which is the block copolymer is preferably 1.8 or less, and 1.6 from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably 1.4 or less, more preferably 1.4 or less.
  • the mass-average molecular weight Mw and number-average molecular weight Mn can be measured in the same manner as for the polymer having the structural unit represented by formula (I).
  • the lower limit of the amine value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is 35 mgKOH/g or more, but 40 mgKOH/g or more. preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 130 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less. If it is more than the said lower limit, dispersion stability will be more excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, it will be excellent in compatibility with other components, and solvent re-solubility will become favorable.
  • the amine value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) means that 1 g of the solid content of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is neutralized. It represents the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide that is equivalent to the amount of hydrochloric acid required to do so, and is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 7237.
  • the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) and at least a part of and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (1) to (3) may form a salt.
  • at least part of the terminal nitrogen portion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), and the pKa of 4.0 or less It may be a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed with an acidic group-containing compound.
  • a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), or a block copolymer having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) In coalescence, one selected from the group consisting of at least part of the terminal nitrogen portion possessed by the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) and the compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (3) A salt-type graft copolymer or a salt-type block copolymer in which the above compounds form a salt is preferable.
  • salt-type polymer a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), or a block having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI)
  • Polymers or salt-type block copolymers are preferred.
  • R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or -O- R b represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or a C 1 to 4 It represents a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group.
  • each of R c and R d may independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, or a substituent.
  • R f , R f′ and R f′′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a linear chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, represents a branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group optionally having a substituent, a phenyl group or a benzyl group optionally having a substituent, or —OR g, wherein R g has a substituent; a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group optionally having substituents, a phenyl group or benzyl group optionally having substituents, or 1 carbon atom represents a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group of ⁇ 4, and X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • the content of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) is the terminal nitrogen portion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI). Since it forms a salt, it is selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) with respect to 1 mol of the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI). It is preferable that the one or more compounds to be used is 0.05 mol or more, more preferably 0.10 mol or more, further preferably 0.20 mol or more, and 0.30 mol or more. is particularly preferred. When it is at least the above lower limit, the effect of improving the dispersibility of the coloring material by salt formation is likely to be obtained.
  • One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When combining two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
  • the content ratio and structure of each structural unit of the dispersant can be determined using various mass spectrometry, NMR, and the like.
  • the dispersant is decomposed by thermal decomposition or the like, and the obtained decomposition product is subjected to high performance liquid chromatography, gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, NMR, elemental analysis, XPS / ESCA, TOF-SIMS, etc. can ask.
  • the dispersant at least a polymer having a constitutional unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value before salt formation of less than 10 mgKOH/g is used and dispersed.
  • the content of the agent is appropriately selected according to the type of coloring material used, the solid content concentration in the colored curable composition described later, and the like.
  • the content of the dispersant is, for example, preferably 3% to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% to 45% by mass, based on the total solid content in the colorant dispersion. If it is at least the above lower limit, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material and solvent re-solubility tend to be excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable easily.
  • the solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with the components in the colorant dispersion and is capable of dissolving or dispersing them.
  • a solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • solvents include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ester solvents such as ethyl lactate and cyclohexanol acetate; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone a
  • glycol ether acetate-based solvents examples include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, and one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
  • BCA butyl carbitol acetate
  • 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate ethyl ethoxypropionate
  • ethyl lactate examples include one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
  • the colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention contains the above solvent in an amount of usually preferably 55% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 65% by mass, based on the total amount of the colorant dispersion liquid containing the solvent. to 90% by mass, more preferably 70% to 88% by mass. If the amount of solvent is too small, the viscosity increases and the dispersibility tends to decrease. On the other hand, if the amount of the solvent is too large, the concentration of the coloring material is lowered, and it may be difficult to achieve the target chromaticity coordinates.
  • the colorant dispersion according to the present invention may further contain a dispersion assisting resin and other components, if necessary.
  • dispersion-assisting resins include alkali-soluble resins exemplified in the colored curable composition described later. The steric hindrance of the alkali-soluble resin may make it difficult for the colorant particles to come into contact with each other, and may have the effect of stabilizing the dispersion and reducing the amount of the dispersant due to the effect of stabilizing the dispersion.
  • other components include, for example, a surfactant for improving wettability, a silane coupling agent for improving adhesion, an antifoaming agent, an anti-cratering agent, an antioxidant, an anti-aggregating agent, and an ultraviolet absorber. etc.
  • the polymer having a constitutional unit represented by the general formula (I) below and having an amine value before salt formation of less than 10 mgKOH/g has the general formula (I) Forming a salt with at least part of the acidic group contained in the above nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more suppresses the generation of foreign matter, dispersibility and dispersion stability, solvent It is preferable from the point of re-solubility. Even if a salt-type polymer salt-formed with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more is not used, the acidic group contained in the general formula (I) is added to the colorant dispersion liquid.
  • the colorant dispersion according to the present invention further contains a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) and having an amine value of 35 mgKOH/g or more before salt formation, and In a polymer having a structural unit represented by formula (VI) and having an amine value of 35 mgKOH/g or more before salt formation, at least one terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by general formula (II) It is preferable that part and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less form a salt from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of foreign matter, dispersibility, dispersion stability, and solvent re-solubility.
  • the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is used as a preliminary preparation for preparing the colored curable composition described later. That is, the colorant dispersion is preliminarily prepared in the stage prior to preparing the colored curable composition described later, (the mass of the colorant component in the composition) / (the solid content other than the colorant component in the composition) It is a coloring material dispersion with a high mass) ratio. Specifically, the ratio (mass of coloring material component in composition)/(mass of solid content other than coloring material component in composition) is usually 1.0 or more.
  • a method for producing a colorant dispersion comprises a colorant, a dispersant containing the specific polymer, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less.
  • the method is not particularly limited as long as it contains a group-containing compound and a solvent, and the coloring material is dispersed in the solvent by the dispersing agent to obtain a coloring material dispersion.
  • the method for producing the colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes, for example, the following aspects. i) a dispersant containing a coloring material, a specific polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and a pKa of 4.0 or less and a solvent are mixed to disperse the coloring material.
  • a dispersing agent containing a salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt in advance with an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a coloring material, and a solvent are mixed to disperse the coloring material.
  • a modified coloring material obtained by modifying the coloring material in advance with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less;
  • a dispersing agent containing a specific polymer having a structural unit with a solvent is mixed with a solvent to disperse the coloring material.
  • the colorant can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
  • the disperser include roll mills such as two-roll and three-roll roll mills, ball mills such as ball mills and vibrating ball mills, bead mills such as paint conditioners, continuous disk-type bead mills, and continuous annular-type bead mills.
  • the diameter of the beads used is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mm.
  • pre-dispersion is performed with 2.0 mm zirconia beads with a relatively large bead diameter
  • main dispersion is performed with 0.1 mm zirconia beads with a relatively small bead diameter.
  • filter through a filter of 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m it is preferable to filter through a filter of 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is a coloring material dispersion liquid capable of forming a coating film in which chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, luminance is improved, and foreign matter generation is suppressed. Since the material is a coloring material with suppressed chromaticity change upon heating and improved brightness, it can be suitably used for color filters. Moreover, the colorant dispersion liquid and the modified colorant according to the present invention can also be used for a colored resin composition or a thermosetting colored resin composition that does not require a photosensitive component. The colorant dispersion and the modified colorant according to the present invention are used in various applications that require excellent dispersion stability of fine colorants, such as inkjet inks, printing inks, writing utensils, and cosmetics. Also used for
  • the colored curable composition according to the present invention is characterized by containing the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention, a polymerizable compound, and an initiator.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention can form a coating film in which the chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, the brightness is improved, and the generation of foreign matter is suppressed. is.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention comprises a coloring material, a dispersant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a polymerizable compound, It contains at least an initiator and a solvent, and may contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • a coloring material a dispersant
  • a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less
  • a polymerizable compound It contains at least an initiator and a solvent, and may contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the group-containing compound and the solvent are the same as those described for the colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention, and thus descriptions thereof are omitted here.
  • the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by an initiator described later, and for example, a photopolymerizable compound or a thermally polymerizable compound can be used.
  • a photopolymerizable compound or a thermally polymerizable compound can be used as the thermally polymerizable compound.
  • a compound having a thermally polymerizable functional group such as a carboxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, hydroxyl group, glycidyl group, isocyanate group, and alkoxyl group in the molecule can be used.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group can also be used as a thermally polymerizable compound by using it in combination with a thermal radical polymerization initiator.
  • a photopolymerizable compound that can be polymerized by a photoinitiator, which will be described later, is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by photolithography using an existing process.
  • the photopolymerizable compound used in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator described later, and usually a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds.
  • Polyfunctional (meth)acrylates having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups are particularly preferred.
  • Such a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate may be appropriately selected from among conventionally known ones and used. Specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • photopolymerizable compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, when excellent photocurability (high sensitivity) is required for the colored curable composition of the present invention, the photopolymerizable compound has three (trifunctional) or more polymerizable double bonds. is preferred, and poly (meth) acrylates of trihydric or higher polyhydric alcohols and dicarboxylic acid-modified products thereof are preferred.
  • trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate pentaerythritol tri (meth) Acrylate, succinic acid-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate
  • Succinic acid-modified products dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate and the like are preferred.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the colored curable composition is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. %, more preferably 20% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is at least the above lower limit, poor curing can be suppressed, so that the exposed portion can be suppressed from eluting during development, and the content of the polymerizable compound is at most the above upper limit. , development defects can be suppressed, and heat shrinkage can be suppressed, so fine wrinkles are less likely to occur on the entire surface of the colored layer.
  • the initiator used in the colored curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be used alone or in combination of two or more of conventionally known various initiators.
  • the initiator include polymerization initiators such as thermal polymerization initiators and photopolymerization initiators, and specific examples thereof include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • photoinitiators examples include aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, ⁇ -aminoketones, biimidazoles, N,N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds, thioxanthone, and the like. be able to.
  • Specific examples of photoinitiators include aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, 4,4′-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzophenone, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, and ethylbenzoin.
  • benzoin biimidazoles such as 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-phenylimidazole dimer, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(p-methoxystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole and the like halomethyloxadiazole compounds, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds such as 2-(4-butoxy-naphth-1-yl)-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-triazine, 2,2-dimethoxy-1 , 2-diphenylethan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropanone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl )-butanone-1,1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, benzyl, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyl
  • 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1- Butanone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone and diethylthioxanthone are preferably used.
  • combining an ⁇ -aminoacetophenone initiator such as 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one with a thioxanthone such as diethylthioxanthone can improve sensitivity. It is preferable from the viewpoint of adjustment, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance.
  • the total content thereof is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. If the amount of initiator is 15% by mass or less, sublimation during the production process is reduced, which is preferable. When the amount of the initiator is 5% by mass or more, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving resistance to development such as water staining.
  • the photoinitiator preferably contains an oxime ester photoinitiator, among others, from the viewpoint of being able to improve the sensitivity.
  • an oxime ester-based photoinitiator by using an oxime ester-based photoinitiator, in-plane variations in line width can be easily suppressed when a fine line pattern is formed.
  • the use of an oxime ester-based photoinitiator tends to improve the residual film rate and enhance the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains.
  • the oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored curable composition and contamination of the device due to decomposition products, among them, those having an aromatic ring are preferable, and those having a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring are preferable. More preferably, it has a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
  • Oxime ester photoinitiators include 1,2-octadione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-(o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl benzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-,1-(o-acetyloxime), JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP-A-2013-041153 and the like.
  • an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of brightness.
  • an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
  • oxime ester photoinitiator in combination with a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure from the viewpoint of suppressing water staining and improving sensitivity.
  • a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure, which is an oxygen quencher, in the molecule, so that radicals generated from the initiator are less likely to be deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved.
  • photoinitiators having a tertiary amine structure include, for example, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (eg Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one eg Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF
  • 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF
  • an oxime ester photoinitiator with a thioxanthone initiator from the viewpoint of adjusting sensitivity, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance.
  • Combining an initiator is preferable in that the brightness and film remaining rate are improved, the sensitivity is easily adjusted, the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains is high, and the development resistance is improved.
  • the content of the initiator in the colored curable composition is, for example, preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % by mass.
  • the content of the initiator is at least the above lower limit, curing proceeds sufficiently, and when the content of the initiator is at most the above upper limit, side reactions can be suppressed and stability over time can be maintained. can.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain a polymer such as an alkali-soluble resin, an antioxidant, and various additives.
  • an alkali-soluble resin that is soluble in an alkali developer is preferably used.
  • the dispersant since the dispersant has an acidic group, it can also function as an alkali-soluble resin. Therefore, even when a photolithography process is used, an alkali-soluble resin different from the dispersant is not an essential component.
  • the alkali-soluble resin has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected and used as long as it acts as a binder resin and is soluble in the alkali developer used for pattern formation.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be defined as having an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more.
  • alkali-soluble resin a conventionally known alkali-soluble resin can be appropriately selected and used.
  • an alkali-soluble resin described in WO2016/104493 can be appropriately selected and used.
  • a preferable alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having an acidic group, usually a carboxy group. resins, epoxy (meth)acrylate resins having a carboxyl group, and the like. Among these, particularly preferred are those having a carboxy group in the side chain and a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by containing the photopolymerizable functional group is improved. Two or more of these acrylic copolymers, acrylic resins such as styrene-acrylic copolymers, and epoxy acrylate resins may be used in combination.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin used in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. It is in the range of mass % to 40 mass %.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above lower limit value, sufficient alkali developability is easily obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at most the above upper limit value, film roughness and pattern chipping occur during development. is easy to suppress.
  • the solid content includes all substances other than the solvent, including monomers and the like dissolved in the solvent.
  • the colored curable composition according to the present invention includes, as the polymer, for example, a phenol resin, a urea resin, a diallyl phthalate resin, a melamine resin, a guanamine resin, an unsaturated polyester resin, a polyurethane resin, an epoxy resin, an aminoalkyd resin, Thermosetting polymers such as melamine-urea cocondensation resins, silicon resins, and polysiloxane resins may also be contained.
  • a phenol resin for example, a phenol resin, a urea resin, a diallyl phthalate resin, a melamine resin, a guanamine resin, an unsaturated polyester resin, a polyurethane resin, an epoxy resin, an aminoalkyd resin, Thermosetting polymers such as melamine-urea cocondensation resins, silicon resins, and polysiloxane resins may also be contained.
  • the said polymer may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the content of the polymer in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited, but is, for example, preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % to 50% by mass.
  • the polymer content is at least the above lower limit, it is easy to suppress a decrease in film strength, and when the polymer content is at most the above upper limit, components other than the polymer can be sufficiently contained.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention further contains an antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance, suppressing discoloration of the coloring material, and improving luminance.
  • the antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples of antioxidants include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, hydrazine-based antioxidants, and the like. From this point of view, it is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant. It may also be a latent antioxidant as described in WO 2014/021023.
  • Hindered phenol-based antioxidants include, for example, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-tris(4-hydroxy-3 ,5-di-tert-butylbenzyl)mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 2,2′-methylenebis(6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilizer MDP-S, Sumitomo Chemical), 6,6′-thiobis(2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5-di-
  • pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. .
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention contains the oxime ester photoinitiator and an antioxidant in combination, the synergistic effect improves the brightness and forms a fine line pattern as designed for the mask line width. It is preferable from the point of improving the ability.
  • the content of the antioxidant is not particularly limited, but is usually preferably 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0, based on the total solid content in the colored curable composition. 0.5 mass % to 5.0 mass %. If it is at least the above lower limit, it tends to be excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, if it is the above upper limit or less, the colored curable composition of the present invention is likely to be a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
  • the content of the antioxidant is usually preferably an antioxidant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the oxime ester photoinitiator. is 1 to 250 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 80 parts by mass, still more preferably 5 to 45 parts by mass. Within the above range, the effect of the above combination is excellent.
  • the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain various additives.
  • additives include polymerization terminators, chain transfer agents, leveling agents, plasticizers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, silane coupling agents, ultraviolet absorbers, adhesion promoters, and the like.
  • surfactants and plasticizers include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • silane coupling agents examples include KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBM573, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403 , KBM-303, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-9007, X-12-967C (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503 and KBM-5103 having a methacrylic group or an acrylic group are preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion to SiN substrates.
  • the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.05% by mass or more and 10.0% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition, and 0.1 More preferably, the content is not less than 5.0% by mass and not more than 5.0% by mass. If it is more than the said lower limit and below the said upper limit, it is excellent in base-material adhesion.
  • the total content of the coloring material is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 3% to 65% by mass, more preferably 4% to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. is within. If it is at least the above lower limit, the colored layer tends to have a sufficient color density when the colored curable composition is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 to 5.0 ⁇ m). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, it will be easy to obtain a coloring layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board
  • the content of the colorant is, for example, preferably 15% by mass to 75% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % to 70% by weight.
  • the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the coloring material. % to 40% by mass, more preferably 2% to 30% by mass, and even more preferably 3% to 25% by mass.
  • the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the colored curable composition tends to be excellent.
  • alkali developability will become favorable easily.
  • the content of the dispersant is, for example, preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % to 20% by mass.
  • the content of the solvent may be set as appropriate within a range that allows the colored layer to be formed with high accuracy. For example, it is preferably 55% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 65% by mass to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the colored curable composition containing the solvent. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, excellent applicability can be obtained.
  • the method for producing the colored curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. can be obtained by adding the components of and mixing using a known mixing means.
  • the colored curable composition according to the present invention suppresses the chromaticity change during heating, improves the brightness, and can form a coating film in which the generation of foreign matter is suppressed. Therefore, it is particularly suitable for use in color filters. be able to.
  • the colored curable composition according to the present invention is used for various applications requiring excellent dispersion stability of fine colorants, and is also used for inkjet inks and printing inks.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is the colored curable composition according to the present invention. is a cured product of
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding portion 2 and a colored layer 3. As shown in FIG.
  • At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer that is a cured product of the colored curable composition of the present invention.
  • the colored layer is usually formed in the opening of the light shielding part on the substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of colored patterns of three or more colors.
  • the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and may be a general arrangement such as a stripe type, mosaic type, triangle type, four-pixel arrangement type, or the like. Moreover, the width, area, etc. of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.
  • the thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration and viscosity of the colored curable composition, and is preferably in the range of 1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the colored layer can be formed, for example, by the following method.
  • a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method.
  • the spin coating method and the die coating method can be preferably used.
  • After drying the wet coating film using a hot plate, oven, etc. it is exposed through a mask of a predetermined pattern to photopolymerize the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer, etc. to cure. It is used as a coating film.
  • Light sources used for exposure include, for example, ultraviolet light from low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, electron beams, and the like.
  • the amount of exposure is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • heat treatment may be performed.
  • the heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the mixing ratio of each component in the colored curable composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • a coating film is formed in a desired pattern by developing with a developer to dissolve and remove the unexposed portions.
  • a developer a solution obtained by dissolving an alkali in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution.
  • a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
  • the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the colored curable composition is dried to form a colored layer.
  • the heating conditions are not particularly limited, and are appropriately selected according to the application of the coating film.
  • the light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as those used as light-shielding portions in general color filters.
  • the pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape, a matrix shape, and the like.
  • the light shielding portion may be a metal thin film of chromium or the like formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like.
  • the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, or organic pigments in a resin binder.
  • a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring a photosensitive resist, and the like can be used. be.
  • the film thickness of the light-shielding portion is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 ⁇ m in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m in the case of a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. be done.
  • a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate on which an aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed are used.
  • Other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, circuits, and the like may be formed on these substrates.
  • the transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent to visible light, and transparent substrates used in general color filters can be used. Specifically, transparent rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glass. material.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, a thickness of about 100 ⁇ m to 1 mm, for example, can be used depending on the application of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter of the present invention may be formed with, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, columnar spacers, etc., in addition to the above substrate, light shielding portion and colored layer.
  • a display device includes the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and may have a known configuration as a liquid crystal display device generally using color filters.
  • the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for liquid crystal display devices can be adopted. Examples of such driving methods include the TN method, IPS method, OCB method, and MVA method. Any of these methods can be suitably used in the present invention. Also, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Further, as the liquid crystal forming the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a method for forming the liquid crystal layer a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After the liquid crystal layer is formed by the above method, the liquid crystal cell is gradually cooled to room temperature, thereby aligning the enclosed liquid crystal.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention.
  • the organic light-emitting display device 100 of the present invention has a color filter 10 and an organic light-emitting body 80.
  • An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80 .
  • a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. method, and a method of bonding the organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 60, and the like.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other structures in the organic light emitter 80 known structures can be appropriately used.
  • the organic light-emitting display device 100 manufactured in this way can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
  • the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may have a known configuration as an organic light-emitting display device generally using color filters.
  • the acid value and amine value of the graft copolymer and block copolymer before salt formation were determined according to the measurement methods described in the specification of the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and Mw/Mn of the graft copolymer and block copolymer are standard polystyrene conversion values by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) according to the measurement method described in the specification of the present invention. I asked as
  • the acid value of the graft copolymer and block copolymer after salt formation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a salt-type copolymer) was obtained by calculating as follows. First, the acid value of the copolymer before salt formation is determined by the method described above. In addition, the 1H-NMR spectrum of the basic compound before salt formation is measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus. Next, the 1H-NMR spectrum of the mixture of the salt-type copolymer and the basic compound after salt formation is measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus.
  • the ratio of the integrated value of the hydrogen atom peak near the unsalted salt-forming bond in the salt-forming bond of the basic compound before and after salt formation indicates that the salt-type copolymer
  • the reaction rate of a basic compound with respect to the terminal acidic group site of the structural unit represented by general formula (I) is measured.
  • the terminal acidic group site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) formed by salting the basic compound is measured by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992, assuming that the acid value is 0. acid value of the copolymer before salt formation) ⁇ (proportion of unsalted terminal acidic group sites calculated from 1H-NMR spectrum (%)/100).
  • the amine value of the graft copolymer and block copolymer after salt formation was determined as follows.
  • the amine value of the salt-type copolymer salt-formed by the compound represented by the general formula (3) is the value measured by the method described in JIS K 7237:1995. did.
  • the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) and the hydrocarbon on the halogen atom side form a salt.
  • the amine value of the salt-type copolymer salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is the copolymerization before the salt formation described above. It was obtained by calculating as follows from the combined amine value.
  • the terminal nitrogen site and the acidic group of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) form a salt. This is because when the amine value of the copolymer is measured by the method described in JIS K 7237:1995, the state of salt formation changes, and an accurate value cannot be measured.
  • the amine value of the copolymer before salt formation is determined by the method described above.
  • the 1H-NMR spectrum of the copolymer before salt formation is measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus.
  • the 1H-NMR spectrum of the salt-type copolymer after salt formation is measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus.
  • the ratio of the integrated value of the hydrogen atom peak near the non-salted nitrogen atom at the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) before and after salt formation One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formula (1) or (2) for the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) of the salt-type copolymer.
  • Methyl methacrylate (MMA) 50.0 parts by mass, butyl methacrylate (BMA) 5.0 parts by mass, benzyl methacrylate (BzMA) 5.0 parts by mass, methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (manufactured by NOF Corporation, trade name Blenmer PME-200, ethyleneoxy group repeating number 4)
  • PME-200 40.0 parts by mass, mercaptopropionic acid 7.0 parts by mass, ⁇ , ⁇ '-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN)1. 0 parts by mass of the mixed solution was added dropwise over 1.5 hours, and the reaction was further continued for 3 hours.
  • reaction solution was diluted with 200 parts by mass of tetrahydrofuran (THF) and reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 106.0 parts by mass of white powder.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • PGMEA glycidyl methacrylate
  • GMA glycidyl methacrylate
  • N,N-dimethyldodecylamine 0.30 parts by weight of N,N-dimethyldodecylamine
  • p-methoxyphenol p-methoxyphenol
  • this reaction solution was reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 106.0 parts by mass of macromonomer m1.
  • the obtained macromonomer m1 was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) under the conditions of N-methylpyrrolidone, 0.01 mol/L lithium bromide addition/polystyrene standard, and found to have a weight average molecular weight (Mw). 4500, and the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) was 1.6.
  • graft copolymer A had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 14,300, an Mw/Mn of 2.5, and an acid value of 95 mgKOH/g.
  • Block copolymer B thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8100, Mw/Mn of 1.2, and an acid value of 120 mgKOH/g.
  • Synthesis Example 3 Production of block copolymer C
  • Synthesis Example 2 instead of using 16.8 parts by mass of MMA and 52.3 parts by mass of unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester-modified ⁇ -caprolactone (PCL-FM5), 62.3 parts by mass of MMA and 30.0 parts by mass of BMA were used. , MAA 11.0 parts by mass, and 2-MOES 19.9 parts by mass, except that MAA was changed to 7.7 parts by mass, in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2 to produce a block copolymer C.
  • Table 2 shows the weight average molecular weight (Mw), Mw/Mn, acid value and amine value of the block copolymer C thus obtained.
  • Block copolymer D thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 7500, an Mw/Mn of 1.2, and an amine value of 70 mgKOH/g. Table 2 shows the weight average molecular weight (Mw), Mw/Mn, acid value and amine value of the block copolymer D thus obtained.
  • Example 1 Production of colorant dispersion G-1 8.25 parts by mass of the graft copolymer A of Synthesis Example 1, 8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 (manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd., "DBU ”) 0.38 parts by mass, 0.15 parts by mass of phenylphosphonic acid (PPA, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), C.I. I.
  • Example 2 to 11 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersions G-2 to G-11 and Colorant Dispersions Y-2 to Y-11 As shown in Table 3, the graft copolymer A, the block copolymers B to D, the nitrogen-containing basic compound and the acidic group-containing compound were used in combination in the amounts shown in Table 3, and the amount of PGMEA was changed to obtain the total mass Colorant dispersions G-2 to G-11 and colorant dispersions Y-2 to Y-11 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the content was changed to 100 parts by mass.
  • Example 12 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersion G-12 and Colorant Dispersion Y-12
  • Example 2 instead of the graft copolymer A, block copolymer D, DBU and PPA, Colorant Dispersion G-12 and Colorant Dispersion Y-12 were produced in the same manner as in Example 2, except that Coalescence A and the salt-type block copolymer D were used.
  • the DBU contained in the salt-type graft copolymer A used in the colorant dispersion and its content, and the PPA contained in the salt-type block copolymer and its content are shown in parentheses in Table 3.
  • Comparative example 1 (1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersion CG-1 and Comparative Colorant Dispersion CY-1 Same as Example 1, except that phenylphosphonic acid (PPA) was not added in (1) of Example 1. to obtain a comparative colorant dispersion CG-1.
  • PPA phenylphosphonic acid
  • a comparative colorant dispersion CY-1 was obtained in the same manner as the colorant dispersion CG-1 except that Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138) was used.
  • Comparative Examples 2-5) (1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersions CG-2 to CG-5 and Comparative Colorant Dispersions CY-2 to CY-5
  • Table 4 As shown in Table 4, the block copolymer D or the salt-type block copolymer E and the nitrogen-containing basic compound and/or the acidic group-containing compound are used in the amounts shown in Table 4, respectively, and the amount of PGMEA is changed.
  • Comparative colorant dispersions CG-2 to CG-5 and comparative colorant dispersions CY-2 to CY-5 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the total mass was changed to 100 parts by mass. rice field.
  • a coloring material dispersion CY-8 was obtained in the same manner as the coloring material dispersion CG-8 except that Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138) was used.
  • (2) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG-8 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the colorant dispersion G-1 and the colorant dispersion Y-1, the comparative colorant dispersion CG -8 and the comparative colorant dispersion CY-8 were used, and the amount of the colorant dispersion CG-8 and the colorant dispersion CY-8 was adjusted so that the chromaticity was the same as that of the colored curable composition G-1. obtained a comparative colored curable composition CG-8 in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
  • 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene was used as a catalyst during the preparation of the carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4-1) solution, it is consumed in the reaction. Yes, even assuming that all the added 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene remained in the carboxylic acid resin type dispersant (b4-1) solution, the content is 0.0013 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
  • Comparative Example 9 (1-1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersion CG-9 Phenylphosphonic acid and a base having an amino group, which are dispersants used in Example 41 of JP-A-2020-169242 (above-mentioned Patent Document 2)
  • a salt (b3-1) solution of a phenylphosphonic acid and a basic resin-type dispersant having an amino group 0.32 parts by mass of a carboxylic acid resin-type dispersant (b4-1) solution, 10.1 parts by mass of binder resin (C-1) solution and C.I. I. 13.0 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 (PG58), 76.26 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle, and a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) is used for preliminary crushing.
  • a paint shaker manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.
  • Comparative Example 10 (1-1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersion CG-10
  • the solid content weight ratio of the dispersant and the binder resin to the pigment was adjusted to the dispersion of the pigment of Example 1. It was increased to be similar to the solids weight ratio of the agent. Specifically, 11.44 parts by mass of a salt (b3-1) solution of a phenylphosphonic acid and a basic resin-type dispersant having an amino group, and 16 parts of a carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4-1) solution. .08 parts by mass, and C.I. I.
  • Example 1 (2) obtained a comparative colored curable composition CG-10 in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
  • 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene was used as a catalyst during the preparation of the carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4-1) solution, it is consumed in the reaction. Yes, even assuming that all the added 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene remained in the carboxylic acid resin type dispersant (b4-1) solution, the content is 0.067 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
  • Example 13 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersion Liquid R1-1 and Colorant Dispersion Liquid R2-1
  • a colorant dispersion R1-1 was obtained in the same manner as the colorant dispersion G-1 except that Pigment Red 177 (PR177) was used.
  • B.I. I A colorant dispersion R2-1 was obtained in the same manner as the colorant dispersion G-1 except that Pigment Red 291 (PR291) was used.
  • Example 14-23 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersions R1-2 to R1-11 and Colorant Dispersions R2-2 to R2-11
  • Example 13 instead of graft copolymer A, DBU and PPA, As shown in Table 5, the graft copolymer A, the block copolymers B to D, the nitrogen-containing basic compound and the acidic group-containing compound were used in combination in the amounts shown in Table 5, and the amount of PGMEA was changed to obtain the total mass Colorant dispersions R1-2 to R1-11 and colorant dispersions R2-2 to R2-11 were produced in the same manner as in Example 13, except that the content was changed to 100 parts by mass.
  • Example 24 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersion R1-12 and Colorant Dispersion R2-12
  • Example 14 instead of the graft copolymer A, block copolymer D, DBU and PPA, Colorant dispersion R1-12 and colorant dispersion R2-12 were produced in the same manner as in Example 14, except that coalescence A and the salt-type block copolymer D were used.
  • the DBU contained in the salt-type graft copolymer A used in the colorant dispersion and its content, and the PPA contained in the salt-type block copolymer and its content are shown in parentheses in Table 5.
  • Comparative Examples 11 to 17 (1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersions CR1-1 to CR1-7 and Comparative Colorant Dispersions CR2-1 to CR2-7
  • Example 13 As shown in Table 6, the graft copolymer A, block copolymer D or salt-type block copolymer E, and nitrogen-containing basic compound and/or acidic group-containing compound were used in amounts shown in Table 6, respectively, and the amount of PGMEA was changed to give a total mass of Comparative colorant dispersions CR1-1 to CR1-7 and comparative colorant dispersions CR2-1 to CR2-7 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 13, except that the content was changed to 100 parts by mass.
  • Example 25 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersion B-1 In the colorant dispersion G-1 of Example 1, instead of PG58, the blue lake colorant 1 of Preparation Example 2 was used, except that the colorant dispersion A coloring material dispersion B-1 was obtained in the same manner as the liquid G-1. (2) Production of colored curable composition B-1 6.78 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion B-1 obtained in the above (1), and 1.5 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin ⁇ solution obtained in Preparation Example 1.
  • Example 26-35 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersions B-2 to B-11
  • Example 25 instead of graft copolymer A, DBU and PPA, graft copolymer A, block copolymer Coalescence B to D, the nitrogen-containing basic compound and the acidic group-containing compound were used in combination in the amounts shown in Table 7, respectively, and the amount of PGMEA was changed so that the total mass was 100 parts by mass. , and in the same manner as in Example 25, colorant dispersions B-2 to B-11 were produced.
  • Example 36 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersion B-12 In Example 26, instead of the graft copolymer A, the block copolymer D, DBU and PPA, the salt-type graft copolymer A and the salt-type block copolymer A coloring material dispersion B-12 was produced in the same manner as in Example 26, except that polymer D was used.
  • the DBU contained in the salt-type graft copolymer A used in the colorant dispersion and its content, and the PPA contained in the salt-type block copolymer and its content are shown in parentheses in Table 7.
  • a colored curable composition B-12 was obtained in the same manner as in (2) of 25.
  • Comparative Examples 18-24 (1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersions CB-1 to CB-7 In (1) of Example 25, as shown in Table 8, graft copolymer A, block copolymer D or salt-type block copolymer Coalescence E and the nitrogen-containing basic compound and/or the acidic group-containing compound were used in the amounts shown in Table 8, respectively, and the amount of PGMEA was changed so that the total mass was 100 parts by mass. Comparative colorant dispersions CB-1 to CB-7 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 25.
  • Example 37 (1) Production of Modified Coloring Material 1 70 parts by mass of PG58, 30 parts by mass of PY138, 2.9 parts by mass of DBU, and 3.6 parts by mass of PPA were placed in a double-arm kneader and kneaded for 3 at 25°C. A modified coloring material 1 was obtained by kneading for a long time.
  • the zirconia beads were taken out, 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle size of 0.1 mm were added, and dispersion was similarly carried out for 4 hours using a paint shaker as main pulverization to obtain a colorant dispersion liquid G-37.
  • Comparative Example 25 (1) Production of Comparative Modified Colorant 1 Comparative modified colorant 1 was obtained in the same manner as Modified Colorant 1 except that DBU was not used in Modified Colorant 1 of Example 37.
  • colorant dispersion CG-25 was obtained in the same manner as material dispersion G-37. Further, in the colored curable composition G-37, in the same manner as the colored curable composition G-37, except that the colorant dispersion CG-25 was used instead of the colorant dispersion G-37. A sexual composition CG-25 was obtained.
  • Example 38 (1) Production of Modified Colorant 2 Modified except that 30 parts by mass of PR177 and 70 parts by mass of PR291 were used instead of 70 parts by mass of PG58 and 30 parts by mass of PY138 in the modified colorant 1 of Example 37. A modified colorant 2 was obtained in the same manner as the colorant 1.
  • colorant dispersion liquid R-38 (2) Production of colorant dispersion liquid R-38 and colored curable composition R-38 In colorant dispersion liquid G-37, instead of modified colorant 1, modified colorant 2 was used. Colorant dispersion R-38 was obtained in the same manner as dispersion G-37. Further, in the colored curable composition G-37, in the same manner as the colored curable composition G-37, except that the colorant dispersion R-38 was used instead of the colorant dispersion G-37. A sexual composition R-38 was obtained.
  • Comparative Example 26 (1) Production of Comparative Modified Colorant 2 Comparative modified colorant 2 was obtained in the same manner as modified colorant 2 of Example 38, except that DBU was not used.
  • colorant dispersion liquid CR-26 and colored curable composition CR-26 were obtained in the same manner as material dispersion G-37. Further, in the colored curable composition R-38, instead of the colorant dispersion R-38, except that the colorant dispersion CR-26 was used, in the same manner as the colored curable composition R-38, colored curing A sexual composition CR-26 was obtained.
  • Example 39 (1) Production of modified colorant 3 In modified colorant 1 of Example 37, instead of 70 parts by mass of PG58 and 30 parts by mass of PY138, 100 parts by mass of the blue lake colorant of Preparation Example 2 was used. A modified colorant 3 was obtained in the same manner as the modified colorant 1.
  • Colorant dispersion B-39 was obtained in the same manner as dispersion G-37. 6.78 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion B-39 obtained above, 1.46 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin ⁇ solution obtained in Preparation Example 1, a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 1.36 parts by mass, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, BASF Co., Ltd.
  • photoinitiator trade name Irgacure 907, BASF Co., Ltd.
  • Comparative Example 27 (1) Production of Comparative Modified Colorant 3 Comparative modified colorant 3 was obtained in the same manner as Modified Colorant 3 except that DBU was not used in Modified Colorant 3 of Example 39.
  • Evaluation A Less than 2 objects of 100 nm or more in the range of 10 mm ⁇ 10 mm Evaluation B: 2 or more and less than 6 objects of 100 nm or more in the range of 10 mm ⁇ 10 mm Evaluation C: Objects of 100 nm or more in the range of 10 mm ⁇ 10 mm If the evaluation result of 6 or more is B, the foreign matter evaluation is good, and if the evaluation result is A, the foreign matter evaluation is excellent.
  • DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7
  • DMAN 1,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene
  • MTBD 7-methyl-1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene
  • PPA phenylphosphonic acid
  • PPH phenylphosphinic acid
  • PDB dibutyl phosphate
  • p-TS p-toluenesulfonic acid
  • DBU, DMAN, MTBD, PPA, PPH, PDB and p-TS all have a transmittance of 90% or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm.
  • DMAPAA dimethylaminopropyl acrylamide
  • 2-NA 2-naphthoic acid
  • MAA methacrylic acid
  • DMAPAA, 2-NA and MAA all have a transmittance of 90% or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm.
  • the coloring material includes a dispersant containing a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation, and a dispersant having a pKa of less than 10 mgKOH/g.
  • a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a value of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less were combined at a specific content ratio, the chromaticity change during heating was suppressed, It was clarified that it is possible to form a coating film with improved brightness and suppressed generation of foreign matter.
  • a nitrogen-containing basic compound of 5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are combined at a specific content ratio, even if these are mixed during preparation of the colorant dispersion, copolymerization can be performed in advance.
  • the colorant may be dispersed using a dispersant in the form of a salt-type copolymer obtained by forming a salt with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more or an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less.
  • a modified coloring material is prepared by mixing a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less with a coloring material, and the modifying coloring material is dispersed using a dispersant.
  • Comparative Examples 2, 12, and 19 when a basic dispersant and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less were combined, the effect of suppressing chromaticity change during heating was inferior, and luminance was inferior. Further, as in Comparative Examples 3, 13, and 20, when a basic dispersant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less were combined. However, foreign matter was generated in the coating film, the chromaticity change suppressing effect during heating was poor, and the luminance was poor.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

This color material liquid dispersion contains: a color material; a dispersant; a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of at least 11.5; an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of at most 4.0; and a solvent, wherein the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of at least 11.5 and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of at most 4.0 are each contained in an amount of 0.1-30.0 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the color material, and the dispersant includes a polymer which has a structural unit represented by general formula (I) and of which an amine value before salt formation is less than 10 mgKOH/g. (In general formula (I), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.)

Description

色材分散液、修飾色材、着色硬化性組成物、カラーフィルタ、表示装置Colorant dispersion liquid, modified colorant, colored curable composition, color filter, display device
 本発明は、色材分散液、修飾色材、着色硬化性組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a colorant dispersion, a modified colorant, a colored curable composition, a color filter, and a display device.
 近年、パーソナルコンピューターの発達、特に携帯用パーソナルコンピューターの発達に伴って、液晶ディスプレイの需要が増加している。モバイルディスプレイ(携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットPC)の普及率も高まっており、益々液晶ディスプレイの市場は拡大する状況にある。また、最近においては、自発光により視認性が高い有機ELディスプレイのような有機発光表示装置も、次世代画像表示装置として注目されている。これらの画像表示装置の性能においては、コントラストや輝度や色再現性の向上といったさらなる高画質化や消費電力の低減が強く望まれている。 In recent years, the demand for liquid crystal displays has increased with the development of personal computers, especially portable personal computers. The penetration rate of mobile displays (mobile phones, smart phones, tablet PCs) is also increasing, and the market for liquid crystal displays is expanding more and more. Recently, an organic light-emitting display device such as an organic EL display, which has high visibility due to self-luminescence, is also attracting attention as a next-generation image display device. As for the performance of these image display devices, further improvement in image quality such as improvement in contrast, brightness and color reproducibility and reduction in power consumption are strongly desired.
 これらの液晶表示装置や有機発光表示装置には、カラーフィルタが用いられる。例えば液晶表示装置のカラー画像の形成は、カラーフィルタを通過した光がそのままカラーフィルタを構成する各画素の色に着色されて、それらの色の光が合成されてカラー画像を形成する。その際の光源としては、従来の冷陰極管のほか、白色発光の有機発光素子や白色発光の無機発光素子が利用される場合がある。また、有機発光表示装置では、色調整などのためにカラーフィルタを用いる。
 このような状況下、カラーフィルタにおいても、高輝度化や高コントラスト化、色再現性の向上といった要望が高まっている。
Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices. For example, when forming a color image in a liquid crystal display device, the light that has passed through the color filter is colored into the color of each pixel that constitutes the color filter, and the light of these colors is combined to form a color image. As a light source in that case, in addition to a conventional cold cathode tube, an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used. In addition, the organic light emitting display device uses a color filter for color adjustment.
Under such circumstances, there is an increasing demand for color filters to have higher brightness, higher contrast, and improved color reproducibility.
 ここで、カラーフィルタは、一般的に、透明基板と、透明基板上に形成され、赤、緑、青の三原色の着色パターンからなる着色層と、各着色パターンを区画するように透明基板上に形成された遮光部とを有している。 Here, the color filter is generally composed of a transparent substrate, a colored layer formed on the transparent substrate and composed of colored patterns of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and a colored layer formed on the transparent substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. and a formed light blocking portion.
 カラーフィルタにおける画素の形成方法としては、中でも、分光特性、耐久性、パターン形状及び精度等の観点から、平均的に優れた特性を有する顔料分散法が最も広範に採用されている。
 顔料分散法を用いて形成された画素を有するカラーフィルタにおいては、高輝度化や高コントラスト化を実現するため、顔料の微細化が検討されている。顔料を微細化することにより、顔料粒子によるカラーフィルタを透過する光の散乱が低減されて、高輝度化や高コントラスト化が達成されるものと考えられている。
 しかしながら、微細化された顔料粒子は凝集しやすいため、分散性や分散安定性が低下するという問題があった。
As a method for forming pixels in a color filter, among others, the pigment dispersion method, which has excellent average characteristics in terms of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape and accuracy, is most widely used.
2. Description of the Related Art In a color filter having pixels formed using a pigment dispersion method, miniaturization of pigments is being studied in order to achieve high brightness and high contrast. It is believed that by miniaturizing the pigment, the scattering of light transmitted through the color filter by the pigment particles is reduced, thereby achieving high brightness and high contrast.
However, since fine pigment particles tend to agglomerate, there is a problem that dispersibility and dispersion stability are lowered.
 微細化された顔料の分散性を向上する手法として、分散剤を用いることが有効であることが知られている。例えば特許文献1には、顔料分散性に優れた分散剤組成物として、(a)酸性基を有するビニルモノマーに由来する構造単位を含むAブロックと、3級アミノ基を有するビニルモノマーに由来する構造単位及び4級アンモニウム塩基を有するビニルモノマーに由来する構造単位を含むBブロックとを有するブロック共重合体、(b)芳香族ジカルボン酸イミド、酸性基含有芳香族化合物およびフェノール性ヒドロキシ基含有芳香族化合物よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の芳香族化合物、および、(c)3級アミン化合物を混合してなることを特徴とする分散剤組成物が開示されている。 It is known that using a dispersant is an effective way to improve the dispersibility of finely divided pigments. For example, Patent Literature 1 describes a dispersant composition having excellent pigment dispersibility (a) containing an A block containing a structural unit derived from a vinyl monomer having an acidic group and a vinyl monomer having a tertiary amino group. (b) an aromatic dicarboxylic acid imide, an acidic group-containing aromatic compound and a phenolic hydroxyl group-containing aromatic A dispersant composition is disclosed comprising a mixture of at least one aromatic compound selected from the group consisting of group compounds, and (c) a tertiary amine compound.
 また、特許文献2には、フタロシアニン顔料(A)と、樹脂型分散剤(B)と、バインダ樹脂(C)とを含み、前記樹脂型分散剤が、(B1)塩基性樹脂型分散剤(b1)と、リン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b2)と、カルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4)とを含む樹脂型分散剤、または、(B2)ホスホン酸等のリン化合物もしくはスルホン酸化合物と塩基性樹脂型分散剤(b1)との塩(b3)、およびカルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4)を含む樹脂型分散剤、のいずれかの分散剤を含むことを特徴とする緑色着色組成物が開示されている。特許文献2では、特定の構造および性能を有する複数の樹脂型分散剤を併用することにより、 塗工に適した粘度を有し、粘度安定性に優れた緑色着色組成物を得ることできると開示されている。 Further, Patent Document 2 contains a phthalocyanine pigment (A), a resin-type dispersant (B), and a binder resin (C), and the resin-type dispersant is (B1) a basic resin-type dispersant ( b1), a phosphoric acid-based resin-type dispersant (b2), and a carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4), or (B2) a phosphorus compound such as phosphonic acid or a sulfonic acid compound A green colored composition comprising either a salt (b3) with a basic resin-type dispersant (b1) or a resin-type dispersant containing a carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4). things are disclosed. Patent Document 2 discloses that a green coloring composition having a viscosity suitable for coating and excellent viscosity stability can be obtained by using a plurality of resin-type dispersants having specific structures and performances in combination. It is
特許6605783号公報Japanese Patent No. 6605783 特開2020-169242号公報JP 2020-169242 A
 加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上した着色層の形成が求められているが、特許文献1の分散剤組成物において開示されている技術では、加熱時の色度変化の抑制や輝度の向上が未だ不十分であり、更に塗膜に異物が発生しやすいという問題がある。
 特許文献1には、(b)芳香族ジカルボン酸イミド、酸性基含有芳香族化合物およびフェノール性ヒドロキシ基含有芳香族化合物よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の芳香族化合物として、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物も例示されている。しかしながら、特許文献1の実施例においては、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物のような強酸とpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物のような強塩基は組み合わせて用いられていない。pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物のような強酸とpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物のような強塩基を組み合わせて用いると、塩が難溶性で沈殿が生じやすく、塗膜に異物が発生しやすくなるという問題があるからと考えられる。特許文献1の(a)酸性基を有するビニルモノマーに由来する構造単位を含むAブロックと、3級アミノ基を有するビニルモノマーに由来する構造単位及び4級アンモニウム塩基を有するビニルモノマーに由来する構造単位を含むBブロックとを有するブロック共重合体は、Bブロックが特許文献1における着色材と親和性を有する部位であり、Aブロックが溶剤可溶性部位であり、実質的に塩基性分散剤である。Aブロックにおける酸性基を有するビニルモノマーに由来する構造単位は、アルカリ現像を容易にすることを目的として含まれており、Aブロックにおいてランダムに配置されている。溶剤可溶性部位となるAブロックにおいてランダムに配置されている酸性基を有するビニルモノマーに由来する構造単位に、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物のような強塩基が塩を形成しても、溶剤可溶性部位が溶剤に溶解し難くなり沈殿が生じ、塗膜に異物が発生しやすくなる。特に、バインダー樹脂やアルカリ可溶性樹脂などとしてよく用いられる、酸性基を有するランダム共重合体を併用した場合には塗膜に異物が顕著に発生する。
There is a demand for the formation of a colored layer in which the chromaticity change during heating is suppressed and the brightness is improved. The improvement in luminance is still insufficient, and there is also the problem that foreign matter is likely to occur on the coating film.
Patent Document 1 discloses that (b) at least one aromatic compound selected from the group consisting of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid imide, an acidic group-containing aromatic compound and a phenolic hydroxy group-containing aromatic compound has a pKa of 4. 0 or less acidic group-containing compounds are also exemplified. However, in the examples of Patent Document 1, a strong acid such as an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and a strong base such as a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more are used in combination. do not have. When a strong acid, such as an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less, and a strong base, such as a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more, are used in combination, the salt is difficult to dissolve and precipitates easily. This is probably because there is a problem that foreign substances are likely to be generated in the film. (a) of Patent Document 1: A block containing a structural unit derived from a vinyl monomer having an acidic group, a structural unit derived from a vinyl monomer having a tertiary amino group, and a structure derived from a vinyl monomer having a quaternary ammonium base A block copolymer having a B block containing units is a site in which the B block has affinity with the coloring agent in Patent Document 1, and the A block is a solvent-soluble site, and is substantially a basic dispersant. . The structural units derived from vinyl monomers having acidic groups in the A block are included for the purpose of facilitating alkali development, and are randomly arranged in the A block. A strong base such as a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more forms a salt in a structural unit derived from a vinyl monomer having an acidic group randomly arranged in the A block, which is a solvent-soluble site. Also, the solvent-soluble portion becomes difficult to dissolve in the solvent and precipitates, and foreign matter is likely to occur in the coating film. In particular, when a random copolymer having an acidic group, which is often used as a binder resin or an alkali-soluble resin, is used in combination, foreign substances are significantly generated on the coating film.
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上し、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能な色材分散液、及び加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上した色材を提供することを目的とする。また、本発明は、加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上し、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能な着色硬化性組成物を提供することを目的とする。また、本発明は、当該着色硬化性組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ及び表示装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and a coloring material dispersion capable of forming a coating film in which chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, luminance is improved, and foreign matter generation is suppressed, and when heated It is an object of the present invention to provide a coloring material in which the chromaticity change of is suppressed and the luminance is improved. Another object of the present invention is to provide a colored curable composition capable of forming a coating film in which chromaticity change upon heating is suppressed, luminance is improved, and generation of foreign matter is suppressed. Another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter and a display device formed using the colored curable composition.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、色材と、分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、溶剤とを含有し、
 前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを、前記色材100質量部に対して、それぞれ、0.1質量部~30.0質量部含有し、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体を含む。
The coloring material dispersion according to the present invention contains a coloring material, a dispersant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, and a solvent. ,
The nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are added in an amount of 0.1 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass, respectively, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring material. Contains 0 parts by mass,
The dispersant contains a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Qは、酸性基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In general formula (I), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.)
 本発明に係る修飾色材は、色材と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを含有し、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを、前記色材100質量部に対して、それぞれ、0.1質量部~30.0質量部含有する、修飾色材である。 The modified colorant according to the present invention contains a colorant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less, and the pKa is 11.5 or more. and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, each containing 0.1 parts by mass to 30.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material. It is a coloring material.
 本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、前記本発明に係る色材分散液と、重合性化合物と、開始剤とを含有する。 The colored curable composition according to the present invention contains the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention, a polymerizable compound, and an initiator.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが前記本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物の硬化物である。 The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the colored curable composition according to the present invention. is.
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有する。 A display device according to the present invention has the color filter according to the present invention.
 本発明によれば、加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上し、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能な色材分散液、及び加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上した色材を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上し、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能な着色硬化性組成物を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、当該着色硬化性組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ及び表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, the chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, the brightness is improved, the colorant dispersion capable of forming a coating film in which the generation of foreign matter is suppressed, and the chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, and the brightness can provide a coloring material with improved Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored curable composition capable of forming a coating film in which chromaticity change upon heating is suppressed, luminance is improved, and generation of foreign matter is suppressed. Moreover, according to this invention, the color filter and display apparatus which were formed using the said colored curable composition can be provided.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. 図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention.
 以下、本発明に係る色材分散液、修飾色材、着色硬化性組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置について、順に詳細に説明する。
 なお、本発明において光には、可視及び非可視領域の波長の電磁波、さらには放射線が含まれ、放射線には、例えばマイクロ波、電子線が含まれる。具体的には、波長5μm以下の電磁波、及び電子線のことをいう。
 本発明において(メタ)アクリロイルとは、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及びメタクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表す。
 本明細書において、特に断りのない限り、色度座標x、yは、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701:1999のXYZ表色系におけるものである。
 また、本明細書において数値範囲を示す「~」とは、その前後に記載された数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 また、本発明において、Xnm~Ynmの範囲の透過率がZ%以上とは、Xnm~Ynmの範囲の波長域全体において、透過率がZ%以上であることを表す。
Hereinafter, the colorant dispersion liquid, the modified colorant, the colored curable composition, the color filter, and the display device according to the present invention will be described in detail in order.
In the present invention, light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and radiation, and radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 5 μm or less and electron beams.
In the present invention, (meth)acryloyl represents acryloyl and methacryloyl, (meth)acryl represents acrylic and methacrylic, and (meth)acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, chromaticity coordinates x and y are in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701:1999 measured using a C light source.
Also, in this specification, the term "to" indicating a numerical range is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
In the present invention, a transmittance of Z % or more in the range of X nm to Y nm means that the transmittance is Z % or more in the entire wavelength range of X nm to Y nm.
I.色材分散液
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、色材と、分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、溶剤とを含有し、
 前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを、前記色材100質量部に対して、それぞれ、0.1質量部~30.0質量部含有し、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体を含む。
I. Colorant dispersion The colorant dispersion according to the present invention comprises a colorant, a dispersant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, and a solvent. and
The nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are added in an amount of 0.1 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass, respectively, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring material. Contains 0 parts by mass,
The dispersant contains a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Qは、酸性基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In general formula (I), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.)
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、色材に対して、特定量のpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、特定量のpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを含有し、且つ、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体である酸性分散剤が用いられることにより、加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上し、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能である。
 本発明に係る色材分散液においては、色材と、前記特定の酸性分散剤との間に、特定量のpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物、及び、特定量のpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物が介在して、酸塩基相互作用、π-π相互作用、水素結合等による高い相互作用によって、分散剤の色材吸着性が高まっている状態が考えられる。色材が、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物、及び、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物、更に分散剤によって高度に被覆されている状態になりやすいことから、色材の耐熱性が向上し、色材の加熱時の色度変化が抑制されやすく、輝度が向上すると推定される。また、本発明に係る色材分散液においては、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物、及び、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物を組み合わせて用いても、前記特定の酸性分散剤を組み合わせることから、塗膜の異物の発生が抑制される。前記特定の酸性分散剤との組み合わせにおいては、難溶性の塩となるpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物及びpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物が、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物部分によって、前記特定の酸性分散剤の色材吸着部位である酸性基に吸着しやすいので、当該酸性分散剤に色材と同様に難溶性塩も取り囲まれ、当該酸性分散剤の溶剤可溶性部位によって溶剤溶解性を確保できることから、沈殿が生じにくく、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能であると推定される。
 pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを組み合わせたことにより、耐熱性の高い塩が形成し、高温加熱時にpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物の分解が抑制されることから、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4超過の弱酸とを組み合わせた場合に比べて、色材の加熱時の色度変化が抑制されやすく、輝度が向上すると推定される。
The coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention contains a specific amount of a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and a specific amount of an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less relative to the coloring material. And, as a dispersant, an acidic dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value before salt formation of less than 10 mgKOH/g is used. It is possible to form a coating film in which change in chromaticity over time is suppressed, luminance is improved, and generation of foreign matter is suppressed.
In the colorant dispersion according to the present invention, a specific amount of a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and a specific amount of a pKa of 4 are interposed between the colorant and the specific acidic dispersant. 0.0 or less acidic group-containing compound intervening, high interaction such as acid-base interaction, π-π interaction, hydrogen bonding, etc., is considered to enhance the colorant adsorptivity of the dispersant. Since the coloring material is likely to be highly coated with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, and a dispersant, the coloring material It is presumed that the heat resistance of the coloring material is improved, the chromaticity change during heating of the coloring material is easily suppressed, and the brightness is improved. In addition, in the colorant dispersion according to the present invention, even if a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are used in combination, the specific acidic The combination of the dispersant suppresses the generation of foreign matter on the coating film. In combination with the specific acidic dispersant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, which becomes a poorly soluble salt, has a pKa of 11.5 or more. Because the nitrogen-containing basic compound portion of the acidic dispersant easily adsorbs to the acidic group, which is the coloring material adsorption site of the specific acidic dispersant, the slightly soluble salt is surrounded by the acidic dispersant as well as the coloring material, and the acidic dispersant Since solvent solubility can be ensured by the solvent-soluble portion of the agent, it is presumed that it is possible to form a coating film in which precipitation is unlikely to occur and the generation of foreign matter is suppressed.
By combining a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less, a highly heat-resistant salt is formed, and the pKa is 11.5 or more when heated at a high temperature. and an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less are inhibited from decomposing. It is presumed that the chromaticity change during heating of the coloring material is more likely to be suppressed and the luminance is improved compared to the case of combining them.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、少なくとも色材と、前記特定の重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、溶剤とを含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、色材と、前記特定の重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、溶剤とを含有するものであるが、調製方法としては例えば以下の態様が挙げられる。
i)色材と、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する特定の重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、溶剤とを混合し、色材を分散する。
ii)前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する特定の重合体に、少なくともpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物を予め塩形成させた塩型重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、色材と、溶剤とを混合し、色材を分散する。
iii)前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する特定の重合体に、少なくともpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物を予め塩形成させた塩型重合体と、塩基性分散剤にpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物を予め塩形成させた塩型重合体と含む分散剤と、色材と、溶剤とを混合し、色材を分散する。
iv)色材に、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを予め修飾した修飾色材と、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する特定の重合体を含む分散剤と、溶剤とを混合し、色材を分散する。
 以下、このような本発明に係る色材分散液の各成分について、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物、色材、修飾色材、分散剤、溶剤、その他成分の順で説明する。
The colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention contains at least a colorant, a dispersant containing the specific polymer, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group having a pKa of 4.0 or less. It contains a compound and a solvent, and may contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
The coloring material dispersion according to the present invention comprises a coloring material, a dispersant containing the above-mentioned specific polymer, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less. and a solvent, and examples of the preparation method include the following aspects.
i) a dispersant containing a coloring material, a specific polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and a pKa of 4.0 or less and a solvent are mixed to disperse the coloring material.
ii) a dispersing agent containing a salt-type polymer obtained by salt-forming a specific polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of at least 11.5 or more; , an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a colorant, and a solvent are mixed to disperse the colorant.
iii) a salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt in advance with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having at least a pKa of at least 11.5 on a specific polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and a basic dispersion; A dispersing agent containing a salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt in advance with an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a coloring material, and a solvent are mixed to disperse the coloring material.
iv) a modified coloring material obtained by modifying the coloring material in advance with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less; A dispersing agent containing a specific polymer having a structural unit with a solvent is mixed with a solvent to disperse the coloring material.
Hereinafter, for each component of the colorant dispersion according to the present invention, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a colorant, a modified colorant, Description will be made in the order of dispersant, solvent, and other components.
<pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物>
 pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物は、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上であって、pKaが11.5以上を示す化合物が挙げられる。
 本発明で用いられる含窒素塩基性化合物は、分散性、分散安定性、及び色材の色度変化抑制の点から、pKaが11.5以上の化合物が選択される。含窒素塩基性化合物のpKaは、中でもより加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、より輝度が向上する点から、12.0以上であることが好ましく、12.5以上であることがより好ましい。一方、酸解離定数の上限値は本発明の効果が損なわれない限り特に限定されるものではないが、30以下が挙げられる。
 なお、本発明において、pKaは、25℃の水中における第1段階目の酸解離定数の値である。
 本発明における酸解離定数の測定方法としては、丸善(株)刊 化学便覧 基礎編 改訂4版に記載の中和滴定法を用いることができる。
<Nitrogen-containing basic compound having pKa of 11.5 or more>
The nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or higher is one or more selected from the group consisting of a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound, and has a pKa of 11.5 or higher. compounds shown.
As the nitrogen-containing basic compound used in the present invention, a compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more is selected from the viewpoint of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and suppression of colorant chromaticity change. The pKa of the nitrogen-containing basic compound is preferably 12.0 or more, and more preferably 12.5 or more, from the viewpoint of further suppressing chromaticity change upon heating and further improving luminance. On the other hand, the upper limit of the acid dissociation constant is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, but 30 or less can be mentioned.
In the present invention, pKa is the value of the first-stage acid dissociation constant in water at 25°C.
As a method for measuring the acid dissociation constant in the present invention, the neutralization titration method described in Maruzen Co., Ltd., Kagaku Binran, Basic Edition, Revised 4th Edition can be used.
 pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物のうち、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物としては、3級アミノ基を含有し、塩基性化合物であれば、更に他の官能基を有していてもよい。他の官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、アミド基、エーテル基等が挙げられる。
 3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物としては、例えば、1,8-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ナフタレン(pKa:12.1)等が挙げられる。
 また、塩基性複素環式化合物としては、例えば、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデセン-7(pKa:12.5)、1,5‐ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]ノネン-5(pKa:12.7)、1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン(pKa:14.7)、及び、7-メチル-1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン(pKa:14.4)等が挙げられる。
 分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、及び溶剤再溶解性の点から、中でも、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデセン-7(pKa:12.5)、1,5‐ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]ノネン-5(pKa:12.7)、1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン(pKa:14.7)、及び7-メチル-1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン(pKa:14.4)からなる群から選択される1種以上を用いることが好ましい。
Among the nitrogen-containing basic compounds having a pKa of 11.5 or more, the tertiary amino group-containing basic compound contains a tertiary amino group, and if it is a basic compound, it further has another functional group. may Other functional groups include, for example, hydroxyl group, (meth)acryloyloxy group, (meth)acrylamide group, amide group, ether group and the like.
Examples of the tertiary amino group-containing basic compound include 1,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene (pKa: 12.1).
Examples of basic heterocyclic compounds include 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 (pKa: 12.5), 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]nonene- 5 (pKa: 12.7), 1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene (pKa: 14.7), and 7-methyl-1,5,7- and triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene (pKa: 14.4).
In terms of dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, and solvent re-solubility, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 (pKa: 12.5), 1,5-diazabicyclo[4. 3.0]nonene-5 (pKa: 12.7), 1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene (pKa: 14.7), and 7-methyl-1 , 5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene (pKa: 14.4).
 pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物は、分散性及び分散安定性の点、着色力の点から、分子量が800以下であることが好ましく、650以下であることがより好ましく、500以下であることがより更に好ましく、350以下であることがより更に好ましい。一方、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物は、耐熱性の点から、分子量が60以上であることが好ましい。 A nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more preferably has a molecular weight of 800 or less, more preferably 650 or less, and 500 or less from the viewpoint of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and coloring power. is even more preferable, and 350 or less is even more preferable. On the other hand, the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more preferably has a molecular weight of 60 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
 本発明に用いられるpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物としては、添加によって色材を着色することを抑制するために、波長400nm~波長700nmの範囲の透過率が90%以上であることが好ましく、更に93%以上であることが好ましい。
 すなわち、本発明に用いられるpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物としては、顔料誘導体のような色材誘導体とは異なることが好ましい。
 本発明において波長400nm~波長700nmの範囲の透過率は、紫外可視分光光度計(例えば、島津製作所製 UV-2500PC)で、濃度が0.01質量%溶液のとき、測定波長範囲を少なくとも400nm~700nmを含む範囲として測定することができる。
The nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more used in the present invention has a transmittance of 90% or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm in order to suppress coloring of the coloring material by addition. is preferred, and more preferably 93% or more.
That is, the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or higher used in the present invention is preferably different from a colorant derivative such as a pigment derivative.
In the present invention, the transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm is measured with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (for example, Shimadzu UV-2500PC) with a concentration of 0.01% by mass. It can be measured as a range that includes 700 nm.
 本発明に用いられるpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物としては、後述する色材分散液に用いられる溶剤に対して、23℃における溶解度が0.1g/100g溶剤以上であることが好ましく、0.5g/100g溶剤以上であることがより好ましく、1.0g/100g溶剤以上であることが更に好ましい。上記範囲のものを選択することで、少量の塩基性複素環式化合物の添加で本願発明の効果が得られ、色材分散液の着色力の低下を抑制できる。 The nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more to be used in the present invention should have a solubility of 0.1 g/100 g solvent or more at 23° C. in the solvent used for the coloring material dispersion described later. It is preferably 0.5 g/100 g solvent or more, more preferably 1.0 g/100 g solvent or more. By selecting a content within the above range, the effects of the present invention can be obtained with the addition of a small amount of the basic heterocyclic compound, and a decrease in coloring power of the colorant dispersion can be suppressed.
 前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物は、色材100質量部に対して、0.1質量部~30.0質量部含有するように用いられる。
 前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物の含有量は、本発明の効果を十分に得られる点および、着色力の低下を抑制する点から、色材100質量部に対して、0.1質量部~15.0質量部であってよく、0.5質量部~10.0質量部であってよく、さらに1.0質量部~7.0質量部であってよい。
 前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせる場合は、その合計の含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
The nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or higher is used in an amount of 0.1 to 30.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
The content of the nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more is 0 per 100 parts by mass of the colorant, in order to sufficiently obtain the effects of the present invention and to suppress a decrease in coloring power. .1 to 15.0 parts by mass, 0.5 to 10.0 parts by mass, and further 1.0 to 7.0 parts by mass.
The nitrogen-containing basic compounds having a pKa of 11.5 or higher may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When combining two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
<pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物>
 pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物は、酸性基を含有する化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上であって、pKaが4.0以下を示す化合物が挙げられる。
 本発明で用いられる酸性基含有化合物は、色材の色度変化抑制の点から、pKaが4.0以下の化合物が選択される。酸性基含有化合物のpKaは、中でもより加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、より輝度が向上する点から、3.0以下であることがより好ましく、2.5以下であることがよりさらに好ましい。一方、酸解離定数の下限値は本発明の効果が損なわれない限り特に限定されるものではないが、-20.0以上が挙げられる。
<Compound containing acidic group with pKa of 4.0 or less>
The acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is one or more selected from the group consisting of compounds having an acidic group, and includes compounds having a pKa of 4.0 or less.
As the acidic group-containing compound used in the present invention, a compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is selected from the viewpoint of suppressing the chromaticity change of the coloring material. The pKa of the acidic group-containing compound is more preferably 3.0 or less, and even more preferably 2.5 or less, because the change in chromaticity during heating is suppressed and the luminance is further improved. . On the other hand, the lower limit of the acid dissociation constant is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but -20.0 or more can be mentioned.
 酸性基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基(-COOH)、スルホン酸基(SOH)、ホスホン酸基(-P(=O)(OH))、リン酸基(-O-P(=O)(OH))等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acidic group include a carboxy group (--COOH), a sulfonic acid group (SO 3 H), a phosphonic acid group (--P(=O)(OH) 2 ), a phosphoric acid group (--OP(=O ) (OH) 2 ) and the like.
 中でもより加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、より輝度が向上する点から、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物は、下記一般式(1)及び一般式(2)で表される化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物であって、pKaが4.0以下を示す化合物であることが好ましい。 Among them, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is represented by the following general formulas (1) and (2), since the change in chromaticity during heating is more suppressed and the luminance is further improved. It is preferably one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds and having a pKa of 4.0 or less.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(一般式(1)において、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。
一般式(2)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。但し、R及びRの少なくとも一つは炭素原子を含む。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(In the general formula (1), R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or -O- R b represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or a C 1 to 4 It represents a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group.
In general formula (2), each of R c and R d may independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, or a substituent. represents a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or —O—R e , where R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group optionally having a substituent, or It represents a benzyl group or a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. However, at least one of Rc and Rd contains a carbon atom. )
 前記一般式(1)及び(2)において、R、R、R、R、及びRにおける炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基としては、直鎖又は分岐鎖のいずれでも良く、また、環状構造を含んでいても良く、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基、n-ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、テトラデシル基、オクタデシル基などが挙げられる。好ましくは、炭素数1~15の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられ、更に好ましくは炭素数1~8の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 また、R、R、R、R、及びRにおいて、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基の置換基としては、例えば、炭素原子数が1~5のアルキル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
In the general formulas (1) and (2), the straight-chain, branched-chain or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R a , R b , R c , R d and R e is a straight-chain or Any branched chain may be used, and a cyclic structure may be included. Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-undecyl group, dodecyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group , tetradecyl group, octadecyl group and the like. A straight, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is preferred, and a straight, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferred.
Further, in R a , R b , R c , R d and R e , the substituents of the phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent include, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms , an acyl group, an acyloxy group, and the like.
 前記一般式(1)においてR、前記一般式(2)においてR及びRの少なくとも1つが芳香族環を有する場合には、後述する色材の骨格との間の親和性が向上し、色材の分散性及び分散安定性が優れたものとなり、コントラストに優れた着色組成物を得ることができる点から好ましい。 When at least one of R a in the general formula (1) and at least one of R c and R d in the general formula (2) has an aromatic ring, the affinity with the skeleton of the colorant described later is improved. , the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and a colored composition excellent in contrast can be obtained.
 pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物として、pKaが4.0以下のカルボキシ基含有化合物としては、例えば、酢酸(pKa:3.8)等が挙げられる。
 また、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物として、pKaが4.0以下のスルホン酸基含有化合物としては、例えば、ベンゼンスルホン酸(pKa:0.7)、ビニルスルホン酸(pKa:-2.7)、メタンスルホン酸(pKa:-1.9)、p-トルエンスルホン酸(pKa:-2.8)、モノメチル硫酸(pKa:-3.3)、モノエチル硫酸(pKa:-3.1)等が挙げられる。なお、p-トルエンスルホン酸一水和物のような水和物を用いても良い。
 また、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物として、pKaが4.0以下の前記一般式(3)で表されるリン含有化合物としては、例えば、モノブチルリン酸(pKa:1.5)、ジブチルリン酸(pKa:1.5)、メチルリン酸(pKa:2.4)、ジベンジルリン酸(pKa:1.5)、ジフェニルリン酸(pKa:1.1)、フェニルホスフィン酸(pKa:2.1)、フェニルホスホン酸(pKa:1.9)、ジメタクリロイルオキシエチルアシッドホスフェート(pKa:1.8)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and the carboxyl group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less include acetic acid (pKa: 3.8).
Examples of the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and the sulfonic acid group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less include benzenesulfonic acid (pKa: 0.7), vinylsulfonic acid (pKa: - 2.7), methanesulfonic acid (pKa: -1.9), p-toluenesulfonic acid (pKa: -2.8), monomethyl sulfate (pKa: -3.3), monoethyl sulfate (pKa: -3. 1) and the like. A hydrate such as p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate may also be used.
Examples of the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and the phosphorus-containing compound represented by the general formula (3) having a pKa of 4.0 or less include monobutyl phosphate (pKa: 1.5), Dibutyl phosphate (pKa: 1.5), methyl phosphate (pKa: 2.4), dibenzyl phosphate (pKa: 1.5), diphenyl phosphate (pKa: 1.1), phenylphosphinic acid (pKa: 2.1) ), phenylphosphonic acid (pKa: 1.9), dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate (pKa: 1.8), and the like.
 pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と組み合わせて用いた場合に耐熱性が特に優れる点から、フェニルホスフィン酸、フェニルホスホン酸、ジメタクリロイルオキシエチルアシッドホスフェート、ジブチルリン酸、ビニルスルホン酸、及びp-トルエンスルホン酸一水和物よりなる群から選択される1種以上が好ましく、中でも、フェニルホスフィン酸、フェニルホスホン酸、及びp-トルエンスルホン酸一水和物よりなる群から選択される1種以上を用いることが好ましい。 Phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, dibutylphosphoric acid, vinylsulfonic acid, and One or more selected from the group consisting of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate is preferable, and among them, one selected from the group consisting of phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate It is preferred to use more than one seed.
 本発明で用いられるpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物は、着色力の点から、分子量が1000以下であることが好ましく、800以下であることがより好ましく、400以下であることが更に好ましく、350以下であることがより更に好ましく、330以下であることがより更に好ましい。一方、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物は、耐熱性の点から、分子量が60以上であることが好ましく、100以上であることがより好ましい。 The acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less used in the present invention preferably has a molecular weight of 1000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and further preferably 400 or less, from the viewpoint of coloring power. It is preferably 350 or less, and even more preferably 330 or less. On the other hand, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less preferably has a molecular weight of 60 or more, more preferably 100 or more, from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
 本発明で用いられるpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物としては、添加によって色材を着色することを抑制するために、波長400nm~波長700nmの範囲の透過率が90%以上であることが好ましく、更に93%以上であることが好ましい。
 すなわち、本発明に用いられるpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物としては、顔料誘導体のような色材誘導体とは異なることが好ましい。
The acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less used in the present invention must have a transmittance of 90% or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm in order to suppress coloring of the coloring material by addition. is preferred, and more preferably 93% or more.
That is, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less used in the present invention is preferably different from a colorant derivative such as a pigment derivative.
 本発明に用いられるpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物としては、後述する色材分散液に用いられる溶剤に対して、23℃における溶解度が0.1g/100g溶剤以上であることが好ましく、0.5g/100g溶剤以上であることがより好ましく、1.0g/100g溶剤以上であることが更に好ましい。上記範囲のものを選択することで、少量の酸性基含有化合物の添加で本願発明の効果が得られ、色材着色液の着色力の低下を抑制できる。 The acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less used in the present invention preferably has a solubility of 0.1 g/100 g solvent or more at 23° C. in the solvent used in the colorant dispersion described later. , more preferably 0.5 g/100 g solvent or more, and even more preferably 1.0 g/100 g solvent or more. By selecting a content within the above range, the effects of the present invention can be obtained with the addition of a small amount of the compound containing an acidic group, and a decrease in coloring power of the coloring liquid can be suppressed.
 前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物は、色材100質量部に対して、0.1質量部~30.0質量部含有するように用いられる。
 前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物の含有量は、本発明の効果を十分に得られる点および、着色力の低下を抑制する点から、色材100質量部に対して、0.1質量部~15.0質量部であってよく、0.5質量部~10.0質量部であってよく、さらに1.0質量部~7.0質量部であってよい。
 前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせる場合は、その合計の含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
The acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is used in an amount of 0.1 to 30.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
The content of the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is 0.00 per 100 parts by mass of the coloring material, in order to sufficiently obtain the effects of the present invention and to suppress a decrease in coloring power. It may be from 1 part by mass to 15.0 parts by mass, may be from 0.5 parts by mass to 10.0 parts by mass, and may be from 1.0 part by mass to 7.0 parts by mass.
The acidic group-containing compounds having a pKa of 4.0 or less may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When combining two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
<色材>
 本発明において、色材は、着色層を形成した際に所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、種々の有機顔料、無機顔料、染料、染料の造塩化合物等を、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。中でも有機顔料は、発色性が高く、耐熱性も高いので、好ましく用いられる。有機顔料としては、例えばカラーインデックス(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists 社発行)においてピグメント(Pigment)に分類されている化合物、具体的には、下記のようなカラーインデックス(C.I.)番号が付されているものを挙げることができる。
<Color material>
In the present invention, the coloring material is not particularly limited as long as it can develop a desired color when the colored layer is formed. It can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, organic pigments are preferably used because of their high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of organic pigments include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (C.I.; published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists). .) numbered ones can be mentioned.
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、60、61、62、62:1、63、65、71、73、74、75、81、83、87、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、105、106、108、109、110、111、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、173、175、185、194、211、214、215、231、及びC.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料;
 C.I.ピグメントオレンジ1、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、61、63、64、71、73;
 C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、19、23、29、32、36、38;
 C.I.ピグメントレッド1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、47、48、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60、60:1、63、63:1、63:2、64、64:1、68、69、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、150、151、166、168、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、181、184、185、187、188、190、193、194、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、214、215、216、220、221、224、226、230、231、232、233、235、236、237、238、239、242、243、245、247、249、250、251、253、254、255、256、257、258、259、260、262、263、264、265、266、267、268、269、270、271、272、273、274、275、276、291;
 C.I.ピグメントブルー1、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、60、61、79、80;
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン1、2、4、7、8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55、58、59、62、63;
 C.I.ピグメントブラウン23、25;
 C.I.ピグメントブラック1、7。
C. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1:1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 62:1, 63, 65, 71, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 105, 106, 108, 109, 110, 111, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 127: 1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 173, 175, 185, 194, 211, 214, 215, 231, and C.I. I. Derivative pigments of Pigment Yellow 150;
C. I. Pigment Orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73;
C. I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38;
C. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 47, 48, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 50:1, 52:1, 53: 1, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:2, 58:4, 60, 60:1, 63, 63:1, 63:2, 64, 64:1, 68, 69, 81:1, 83, 88, 90: 1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 150, 151, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 214, 215, 216, 220, 221, 224, 226, 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 242, 243, 245, 247, 249, 250, 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 291;
C. I. Pigment Blue 1, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 60, 61, 79, 80;
C. I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55, 58, 59, 62, 63;
C. I. Pigment Brown 23, 25;
C. I. Pigment Black 1, 7.
 また、前記無機顔料の具体例としては、酸化チタン、硫酸バリウム、炭酸カルシウム、亜鉛華、硫酸鉛、黄色鉛、亜鉛黄、べんがら(赤色酸化鉄(III))、カドミウム赤、群青、紺青、酸化クロム緑、コバルト緑、アンバー、チタンブラック、合成鉄黒、カーボンブラック等を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the inorganic pigments include titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc white, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red iron oxide (III), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, Prussian blue, oxide Chromium green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black, synthetic iron black, carbon black and the like can be mentioned.
 例えば、カラーフィルタの基板上に、本発明に係る色材分散液を後述する着色硬化性組成物として遮光層のパターンを形成する場合には、インク中に遮光性の高い黒色顔料を配合する。遮光性の高い黒色顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラックや四三酸化鉄などの無機顔料、或いは、シアニンブラックなどの有機顔料を使用できる。 For example, when forming a pattern of a light-shielding layer on a substrate of a color filter using the colorant dispersion according to the present invention as a colored curable composition described later, a black pigment having high light-shielding properties is blended in the ink. As a black pigment with high light shielding properties, for example, an inorganic pigment such as carbon black or triiron tetroxide, or an organic pigment such as cyanine black can be used.
 染料の造塩化合物としては、染料がカウンターイオンと塩を形成した化合物をいい、例えば、塩基性染料と酸との造塩化合物、酸性染料と塩基との造塩化合物が挙げられ、溶剤に可溶性の染料を公知のレーキ化(造塩化)手法を用いて、溶剤に不溶化したレーキ顔料も包含する。
 本発明においては、染料及び染料の造塩化合物から選ばれる少なくとも一種を含む色材と、前記本発明の分散剤とを組み合わせて用いることにより当該色材の分散性や分散安定性を向上することができる。
The salt-forming compound of the dye refers to a compound in which the dye forms a salt with a counterion. Examples thereof include a salt-forming compound of a basic dye and an acid, and a salt-forming compound of an acid dye and a base, which are soluble in solvents. It also includes a lake pigment obtained by insolubilizing the dye in a solvent using a known lake formation (chlorination) technique.
In the present invention, a coloring material containing at least one selected from dyes and salt-forming compounds of dyes is used in combination with the dispersant of the present invention to improve the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material. can be done.
 前記染料としては、従来公知の染料の中から適宜選択することができる。このような染料としては、例えば、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、トリフェニルメタン染料、キサンテン染料、クマリン染料、シアニン染料、ナフトキノン染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、フタロシアニン染料などを挙げることができる。
 なお、目安として、10gの溶剤(又は混合溶剤)に対して染料の溶解量が10mg以下であれば、当該溶剤(又は混合溶剤)において、当該染料が分散可能であると判定することができる。
The dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes. Examples of such dyes include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, coumarin dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes. can.
As a guideline, if the amount of dye dissolved in 10 g of the solvent (or mixed solvent) is 10 mg or less, it can be determined that the dye can be dispersed in the solvent (or mixed solvent).
 中でも、色材が、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、アントラキノン顔料、キノフタロン顔料、銅フタロシアニン顔料、亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、アルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、アゾメチン系顔料、亜鉛フタロシアニン染料、トリアリールメタン染料、キノフタロン染料、クマリン染料、フタロシアニン染料、及びこれらの染料の造塩化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有する場合、前記分散剤を用いることで、高輝度な着色層を形成可能である点から好ましい。また、前記色材としては、中でも、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、キノフタロン顔料、銅フタロシアニン顔料、亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、亜鉛フタロシアニン染料、トリアリールメタン染料、キノフタロン染料及びこれらの染料の造塩化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。 Among them, coloring materials include diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, copper phthalocyanine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine pigments, aluminum phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, azomethine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine dyes, triarylmethane dyes, quinophthalone dyes, and coumarin. When at least one selected from the group consisting of dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, and salt-forming compounds of these dyes is contained, the use of the dispersant is preferable because a colored layer with high brightness can be formed. As the coloring material, among others, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, quinophthalone pigments, copper phthalocyanine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine dyes, triarylmethane dyes, quinophthalone dyes, and salt-forming compounds of these dyes. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of:
 ジケトピロロピロール顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントレッド254、255、264、272、291、及び下記一般式(i)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料が挙げられ、中でもC.I.ピグメントレッド254、272、291、及び下記一般式(i)においてR41及びR42がそれぞれ4-ブロモフェニル基であるジケトピロロピロール顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。 Examples of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, 272, 291, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments represented by the following general formula (i), among which C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 272, 291, and at least one selected from diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments in which R 41 and R 42 in the following general formula (i) are each a 4-bromophenyl group are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(一般式(i)中、R41及びR42は、それぞれ独立に、4-クロロフェニル基、又は4-ブロモフェニル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(In general formula (i), R 41 and R 42 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.)
 アントラキノン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントレッド177等が挙げられる。
 キノフタロン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138、231等が挙げられる。
 銅フタロシアニン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:5、15:6、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36等が挙げられ、中でも、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6が好ましい。
 亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58、59等が挙げられる。
 アルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントグリーン62、63等が挙げられる。
 ジオキサジン顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23等が挙げられる。
 アゾメチン系顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150等が挙げられる。
 キノフタロン染料としては、例えば、C.I.ディスパースイエロー54、64、67、134、149、160、C.I.ソルベントイエロー114、157等が挙げられ、中でも、C.I.ディスパースイエロー54が好ましい。
 トリアリールメタン染料としては、C.I.ベーシックレッド9、C.I.ベーシックブルー1、7等が挙げられる。
 フタロシアニン染料としては、C.I.ベーシックブルー140、及びC.I.ベーシックブルー140の中心金属を亜鉛に置換した亜鉛フタロシアニン染料等が挙げられる。
 また、下記一般式(A)で表される色材も輝度の点から本発明の分散剤との組み合わせにおいて好適に用いられる。
Examples of anthraquinone pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 and the like.
Examples of quinophthalone pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, 231 and the like.
Examples of copper phthalocyanine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:5, 15:6, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7, 36 and the like, among which C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 is preferred.
Examples of zinc phthalocyanine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, 59 and the like.
Examples of aluminum phthalocyanine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Green 62, 63 and the like.
Examples of dioxazine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 and the like.
Examples of azomethine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and the like.
Examples of quinophthalone dyes include C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 64, 67, 134, 149, 160, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 114, 157 and the like, among which C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54 is preferred.
Examples of triarylmethane dyes include C.I. I. Basic Red 9, C.I. I. Basic Blue 1, 7 and the like.
Examples of phthalocyanine dyes include C.I. I. Basic Blue 140, and C.I. I. Zinc phthalocyanine dyes obtained by substituting zinc for the central metal of Basic Blue 140, and the like.
Coloring materials represented by the following general formula (A) are also suitably used in combination with the dispersant of the present invention from the viewpoint of brightness.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(一般式(A)中、Aは、Nと直接結合する炭素原子がπ結合を有しないa価の有機基であって、当該有機基は、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基、又は当該脂肪族炭化水素基を有する芳香族基を表し、炭素鎖中にヘテロ原子が含まれていてもよい。Bc-はc価のポリ酸アニオンを表す。R~Rは各々独立に水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を表し、RiiとRiii、RivとRが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。Rvi及びRviiは各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子又はシアノ基を表す。Arは置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族基を表す。複数あるR~Rvii及びArはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 a及びcは2以上の整数、b及びdは1以上の整数を表す。eは0又は1であり、eが0のとき結合は存在しない。f及びgは0以上4以下の整数を表し、f+e及びg+eは0以上4以下である。複数あるe、f及びgはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(In the general formula (A), A is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a π bond, and the organic group has at least a saturated aliphatic carbonized Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a hydrogen group, or an aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and may contain a heteroatom in the carbon chain.B c- represents a c-valent polyacid anion. R i to R v each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group, R ii and R iii , R iv and R v may combine to form a ring structure, and each of R vi and R vii is independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano Ar 1 represents an optionally substituted divalent aromatic group, and a plurality of R i to R vii and Ar 1 may be the same or different.
a and c represent integers of 2 or more; b and d represent integers of 1 or more; e is 0 or 1 and when e is 0 there is no bond. f and g represent integers of 0 or more and 4 or less, and f+e and g+e are 0 or more and 4 or less. Multiple e, f and g may be the same or different. )
 前記一般式(A)で表される色材の各符号の説明としては、国際公開2018/003706号に記載の一般式(I)の対応する箇所の符号の説明を参照することができる。前記一般式(A)で表される色材の部分構造やその他構造の例示は、国際公開2018/003706号、国際公開2012/144521号等に記載の構造が挙げられる。 For explanation of each code of the colorant represented by the general formula (A), reference can be made to the explanation of the code of the corresponding part of the general formula (I) described in International Publication No. 2018/003706. Examples of the partial structure and other structures of the colorant represented by the general formula (A) include structures described in WO 2018/003706, WO 2012/144521, and the like.
 本発明に用いられる色材としては、中でも高輝度、高色域な着色層を形成可能である点から、C.I.ピグメントレッド177、254、291、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138、150、231、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58、59、62、63、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23、及び前記一般式(A)で表される色材からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 Among the coloring materials used in the present invention, C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 291, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, 150, 231, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15:6, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, 59, 62, 63, C.I. I. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of Pigment Violet 23 and the colorant represented by the general formula (A).
 本発明に用いられる色材の平均一次粒径としては、カラーフィルタの着色層とした場合に、所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15~60nmであることがより好ましい。色材の平均一次粒径が上記範囲であることにより、本発明に係る色材分散液を用いて製造されたカラーフィルタを備えた表示装置を高輝度、高コントラストで、かつ高品質なものとすることができる。 The average primary particle diameter of the coloring material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the coloring layer of the color filter can develop a desired color, and varies depending on the type of coloring material used. is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 15 to 60 nm. Since the average primary particle diameter of the colorant is within the above range, the display device equipped with the color filter manufactured using the colorant dispersion according to the present invention has high brightness, high contrast, and high quality. can do.
 また、色材分散液中の色材の平均分散粒径は、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15~60nmの範囲内であることがより好ましい。
 色材分散液中の色材の平均分散粒径は、少なくとも溶剤を含有する分散媒体中に分散している色材粒子の分散粒径であって、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計により測定されるものである。レーザー光散乱粒度分布計による粒径の測定としては、色材分散液に用いられている溶剤で、色材分散液をレーザー光散乱粒度分布計で測定可能な濃度に適宜希釈(例えば、1000倍など)し、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計(例えば、日機装社製ナノトラック粒度分布測定装置UPA-EX150)を用いて動的光散乱法により23℃にて測定することができる。ここでの平均分布粒径は、体積平均粒径である。
Further, the average dispersed particle size of the colorant in the colorant dispersion varies depending on the type of colorant used, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, more preferably in the range of 15 to 60 nm. preferable.
The average dispersed particle size of the colorant in the colorant dispersion is the dispersed particle size of the colorant particles dispersed in the dispersion medium containing at least the solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. is. As for the measurement of the particle size by the laser light scattering particle size distribution meter, the solvent used in the colorant dispersion liquid is appropriately diluted to a concentration that can be measured by the laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times etc.), and can be measured at 23° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution analyzer (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution analyzer UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The average distribution particle size here is the volume average particle size.
 本発明に用いられる、色材は、再結晶法、ソルベントソルトミリング法等の公知の方法にて製造することができる。また、市販の色材を微細化処理して用いても良い。 The coloring material used in the present invention can be produced by known methods such as recrystallization and solvent salt milling. Alternatively, a commercially available coloring material may be used after undergoing fine processing.
 本発明に係る色材分散液において、色材の含有量は、特に限定されない。色材の含有量は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、色材分散液中の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは5質量%~80質量%、より好ましくは8質量%~70質量%の範囲内である。
 特に色材濃度が高い塗膜乃至着色層を形成する場合には、色材分散液中の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは30質量%~80質量%、より好ましくは40質量%~75質量%の範囲内である。
 色材は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせる場合は、その合計の含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
 尚、本発明において固形分は、上述した溶剤以外のもの全てであり、溶剤中に溶解しているモノマー等も含まれる。
The content of the coloring material in the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, the content of the colorant is, for example, preferably 5% to 80% by mass, more preferably 8% to 70% by mass, based on the total solid content in the colorant dispersion. %.
In particular, when forming a coating film or a colored layer having a high colorant concentration, the solid content in the colorant dispersion is preferably 30% to 80% by mass, more preferably 40% to 75% by mass. It is within the range of % by mass.
The coloring materials may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When two or more are combined, the total content is preferably within the above range.
In the present invention, the solid content refers to all substances other than the solvent described above, and includes monomers and the like dissolved in the solvent.
<修飾色材>
 本発明の修飾色材は、色材と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを含有し、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを、前記色材100質量部に対して、それぞれ、0.1質量部~30.0質量部含有する、修飾色材である。
 本発明の修飾色材は、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とが、色材と、酸塩基相互作用、π-π相互作用、水素結合等することによって色材を修飾しているため、色材の安定性が向上し、耐熱性が向上する。
 また、本発明の修飾色材に含まれる前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とは、それぞれ、波長400nm~波長700nmの範囲の透過率が90%以上の、顔料誘導体の様な有色骨格を有しない化合物を選択できるため、着色が非常に少なく、添加によって輝度を低下しないことから、修飾色材は高輝度となりやすい。
<Modification color material>
The modified colorant of the present invention contains a colorant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less. A modified color containing 0.1 parts by mass to 30.0 parts by mass of a nitrogen-containing basic compound and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material. It is wood.
In the modified colorant of the present invention, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are combined with the colorant, an acid-base interaction, and a π-π interaction. Since the coloring material is modified by hydrogen bonding or the like, the stability of the coloring material is improved and the heat resistance is improved.
Further, the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less contained in the modified colorant of the present invention each have a wavelength in the range of 400 nm to 700 nm. Since a compound having a transmittance of 90% or more and having no colored skeleton such as a pigment derivative can be selected, coloring is very little and the brightness is not lowered by addition, so the modified colorant tends to have high brightness.
 本発明の修飾色材に用いられる色材と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とは、それぞれ、前述と同様であって良いので、ここでの説明を省略する。 The colorant used in the modified colorant of the present invention, the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less may be the same as those described above. Therefore, the description here is omitted.
 本発明の修飾色材は、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを、前記色材100質量部に対して、それぞれ、0.1質量部~30.0質量部含有する。中でも耐熱性向上効果の点から、本発明の修飾色材は、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを、前記色材100質量部に対して、それぞれ、0.1質量部以上含有することが好ましく、更に1.0質量部以上含有することがより好ましい。一方、着色力の点から、本発明の修飾色材は、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを、前記色材100質量部に対して、それぞれ、20質量部以下含有することが好ましく、更に10質量部以下含有することがより好ましい。
 なお、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とは、それぞれ、修飾色材において、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせる場合は、その合計の含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
In the modified colorant of the present invention, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are added to 100 parts by mass of the colorant, respectively. Contains 0.1 to 30.0 parts by mass. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance, the modified colorant of the present invention comprises a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less. It is preferable to contain 0.1 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 1.0 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of coloring power, the modified colorant of the present invention comprises a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less. It is preferable to contain 20 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, based on the mass.
The nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less may be used alone or in combination with each other in the modification colorant. The above may be combined. When combining two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
 本発明の修飾色材においては、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物の少なくとも一部と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物の少なくとも一部とが、塩形成していることが、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物および前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物の耐熱性が互いに向上し、色材の耐熱性が向上する点から好ましい。 In the modified colorant of the present invention, at least part of the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and at least part of the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less form a salt. It is preferable from the viewpoint that the heat resistance of the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are mutually improved, and the heat resistance of the coloring material is improved. .
 本発明の修飾色材を調製する方法としては、例えば、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、色材とを混合後、乾式粉砕する方法が挙げられる。この場合乾式粉砕機としてはボールミル、振動ミル、アトライター等が使用でき、粉砕温度は20~130℃で自由に設定できる。
 また、本発明の修飾色材を調製する方法としては、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、色材と、塩化ナトリウム、塩化カルシウム、硫酸アンモニウム等の水溶性の無機塩と、グリコール系有機溶剤等の水溶性の有機溶剤を混合し、ソルベントソルトミリング法でニーダータイプの研磨機により混練りする方法等が挙げられる。
 また、本発明の修飾色材を調製する方法としては、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、染料と、レーキ化剤を混合し、レーキ化することで得た修飾色材を各種方法で粉砕する方法が挙げられる。
 また、本発明の修飾色材を調製する方法としては、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、染料を溶剤に混合し溶解させた後、乾燥し、各種方法で粉砕する方法が挙げられる。
As a method for preparing the modified colorant of the present invention, for example, after mixing the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, and the colorant, , and dry grinding. In this case, a ball mill, a vibrating mill, an attritor, or the like can be used as a dry pulverizer, and the pulverization temperature can be freely set between 20 and 130°C.
Further, as a method for preparing the modified colorant of the present invention, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a colorant, and sodium chloride , a method of mixing a water-soluble inorganic salt such as calcium chloride or ammonium sulfate with a water-soluble organic solvent such as a glycol-based organic solvent, and kneading the mixture with a kneader type grinder by a solvent salt milling method.
Further, as a method for preparing the modified colorant of the present invention, the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a dye, and a lake agent and pulverize the modified colorant obtained by mixing and forming a lake by various methods.
Further, as a method for preparing the modified colorant of the present invention, the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, and a dye are mixed in a solvent. After dissolving, it is dried and pulverized by various methods.
 本発明の修飾色材の平均一次粒径としては、所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、修飾色材が顔料の場合は、10~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15~60nmであることがより好ましい。色材の平均一次粒径が上記範囲であることにより、本発明に係る修飾色材を用いて製造された着色層を高輝度で、かつ高品質なものとすることができる。
 平均一次粒径は、体積分布メジアン径(D50)を表している。修飾色材の粒径は、(株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製、電界放射型走査電子顕微鏡(S-4800)に、専用の明視野STEM試料台とオプション検出器を取り付けることで、走査透過電子顕微鏡(以下、「STEM」と略記する)として使用できるようにし、20万倍のSTEM写真を撮り、下記のソフトウェアに取り込み、写真上で顔料を任意に100個選び、それぞれの直径(差し渡し長さ)を測定し、体積基準の分布から体積で50%累積粒子径として求める。
 STEMに供する測定試料は、修飾色材とトルエンを混合し、コロジオン膜貼付メッシュに滴下して調製する。また、STEM写真から体積基準の粒径分布や体積分布メジアン径(D50)を求めるときには、(株)マウンテック社製の画像解析式粒度分布測定ソフトウェア「Mac-View Ver.4」を用いることにより測定することができる。
The average primary particle size of the modified colorant of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it enables desired color development, and varies depending on the type of colorant used. It is preferably in the range of 10-100 nm, more preferably 15-60 nm. When the average primary particle size of the colorant is within the above range, the colored layer produced using the modified colorant according to the present invention can have high brightness and high quality.
The average primary particle size represents the volume distribution median diameter (D50). The particle size of the modified colorant was measured by attaching a dedicated bright-field STEM sample stage and an optional detector to a field emission scanning electron microscope (S-4800) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation. (hereinafter abbreviated as "STEM"), take a STEM photograph of 200,000 times, import it into the software below, select 100 pigments arbitrarily on the photograph, and measure the diameter (length across) is measured, and the volume-based 50% cumulative particle diameter is obtained from the volume-based distribution.
A measurement sample to be subjected to STEM is prepared by mixing a modified coloring material and toluene and dropping the mixture onto a mesh attached with a collodion film. In addition, when obtaining the volume-based particle size distribution and the volume distribution median diameter (D50) from the STEM photograph, the image analysis type particle size distribution measurement software "Mac-View Ver.4" manufactured by Mountec Co., Ltd. is used. can do.
 なお、本発明の修飾色材が、色材と前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを含有すること、及びその割合は、例えば質量分析、元素分析、表面分析、電位差滴定、及びこれらの組み合わせを用いて適宜分析することができる。より具体的には例えば、修飾色材を、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール等のアルコール系溶剤やN-メチルピロリドン等の溶剤で洗浄した後に、洗浄後の色材を質量分析し、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物やpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物に由来する構造由来のピークと、色材のピークが検出されることにより確認できる。 The modified colorant of the present invention contains a colorant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less, and the ratio thereof is , for example, mass spectroscopy, elemental analysis, surface analysis, potentiometric titration, and combinations thereof. More specifically, for example, after washing the modified colorant with an alcoholic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, or a solvent such as N-methylpyrrolidone, the washed colorant is analyzed by mass spectrometry, and the pKa is 11.5. It can be confirmed by detecting a peak derived from the structure derived from the nitrogen-containing basic compound or the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and a peak of the coloring material.
<分散剤>
 本発明においては、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体が用いられる。
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体は、当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、塩基性化合物とが塩を形成している塩型重合体であってもよい。当該塩型重合体において酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩を形成している塩基性化合物としては、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物であってもよいし、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物とは異なる塩基性化合物が含まれていてもよい。
<Dispersant>
In the present invention, a polymer having a constitutional unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation is used as the dispersant.
A polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation contains at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) and a base It may be a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed with a polar compound. The basic compound forming a salt with at least part of the acidic groups in the salt-type polymer may be a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, or a basic compound having a pKa of 11.5. A basic compound different from the above nitrogen-containing basic compounds may be included.
[前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体]
(一般式(I)で表される構成単位)
 一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Qは、酸性基である。
 Aにおいて、2価の連結基としては、例えば、直鎖、分岐若しくは環状の、飽和又は不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、水酸基を有する、直鎖、分岐又は環状の、飽和又は不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、-NHCOO-基、エーテル基(-O-基)、チオエーテル基(-S-基)、及びこれらの組み合わせ等が挙げられる。なお、本発明において、2価の連結基の結合の向きは任意である。すなわち、2価の連結基に-CONH-が含まれる場合、-COが主鎖の炭素原子側で-NHが側鎖の窒素原子側であっても良いし、反対に、-NHが主鎖の炭素原子側で-COが側鎖の窒素原子側であっても良い。
[Polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I)]
(Structural Unit Represented by Formula (I))
In general formula (I), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.
In A, the divalent linking group includes, for example, a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a hydroxyl group Hydrogen group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, -CONH- group, -COO- group, -NHCOO- group, ether group (-O- group), thioether group (-S- group), and combinations thereof. . In the present invention, the bonding direction of the divalent linking group is arbitrary. That is, when -CONH- is included in the divalent linking group, -CO may be on the carbon atom side of the main chain and -NH may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain, on the contrary, -NH is the main chain --CO may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain.
 前記脂肪族炭化水素基としては、具体的には例えば、メチレン基、ジメチレン基(エチレン基)、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、オクタメチレン基、デカメチレン基等の直鎖状アルキレン基、メチルメチレン基、メチルエチレン基、1-メチルペンチレン基、1,4-ジメチルブチレン基等の分岐状アルキレン基、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基等の環状アルキレン基が挙げられる。
 前記脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数としては、1~20が挙げられ、分散安定性の点から、1~16が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、2~8がよりさらに好ましい。
 前記芳香族炭化水素基としては、具体的には例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include linear groups such as a methylene group, a dimethylene group (ethylene group), a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, an octamethylene group, and a decamethylene group. branched alkylene groups such as a branched alkylene group, methylmethylene group, methylethylene group, 1-methylpentylene group and 1,4-dimethylbutylene group; and cyclic alkylene groups such as a cyclopentylene group and a cyclohexylene group.
The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 16, more preferably 1 to 12, and even more preferably 2 to 8, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
 中でも、分散性の点から、一般式(I)におけるAは、-CONH-基及び-COO-基の少なくとも1種を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましく、-CONH-基及び-COO-基の少なくとも1種と、酸素原子を含んでもよい炭素原子数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基とを含む2価の連結基であることがより好ましい。 Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, A in the general formula (I) is preferably a divalent linking group containing at least one of -CONH- group and -COO- group, -CONH- group and -COO A divalent linking group containing at least one - group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain an oxygen atom is more preferable.
 Qで表される酸性基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基(-COOH)、スルホン酸基(SOH)、ホスホン酸基(-P(=O)(OH))、リン酸基(-O-P(=O)(OH))等が挙げられる。
 Qで表される酸性基としては、中でも、分散安定性の点から、カルボキシ基(-COOH)、スルホン酸基(SOH)、及びリン酸基(-O-P(=O)(OH))からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
 リン酸基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルアシッドフォスフェート、アシッドホスホオキシポリオキシエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 スルホン酸基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルスルホン酸、2-(メタ)アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸等が挙げられる。
 Qで表される酸性基としては、中でも、輝度の点から、カルボキシ基が好ましく、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が、下記一般式(II)で表される構成単位を含むことが好ましい。
Examples of the acidic group represented by Q include a carboxy group (--COOH), a sulfonic acid group (SO 3 H), a phosphonic acid group (--P(=O)(OH) 2 ), a phosphoric acid group (--O -P(=O)(OH) 2 ) and the like.
Among the acidic groups represented by Q are, from the standpoint of dispersion stability, a carboxy group (--COOH), a sulfonic acid group (SO 3 H), and a phosphoric acid group (--OP (=O) (OH ) 2 ) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of 2).
Phosphate group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers include, for example, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, acid phosphooxypolyoxyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate and the like.
Sulfonic acid group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers include (meth)acryloyloxyethylsulfonic acid, 2-(meth)acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid and the like.
The acidic group represented by Q is preferably a carboxy group from the viewpoint of brightness, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) includes a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II). is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(一般式(II)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(In general formula (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.)
 前記一般式(II)におけるR及びAは、前記一般式(I)と同様であってよい。
 前記一般式(II)で表される構成単位としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位、ビニル安息香酸由来の構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル由来の構成単位等が挙げられる。
 前記一般式(II)としては、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、中でも下記一般式(II-1)で表される構成単位、及び下記一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましい。
 中でも、分散性及び分散安定性、溶剤再溶解性の点、及び輝度が向上する点からは、下記一般式(II-1)で表される構成単位と下記一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位とを有することが好ましい。
R 1 and A in general formula (II) may be the same as in general formula (I).
Examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) include a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from vinylbenzoic acid, and a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid ester.
From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, the general formula (II) includes structural units represented by the following general formula (II-1) and structural units represented by the following general formula (II-2). At least one selected from the group consisting of is preferred.
Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, solvent re-solubility, and brightness improvement, the structural unit represented by the following general formula (II-1) and the following general formula (II-2) It is preferable to have a structural unit that is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(一般式(II-1)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
一般式(II-2)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rは、酸素原子を含んでもよい脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、Rは、炭化水素基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(In general formula (II-1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
In general formula (II-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom, and R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group. )
 一般式(II-1)で表される構成単位は、(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位である。
 一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位において、Rは、酸素原子を含んでもよい脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 Rにおける脂肪族炭化水素基としては、前記と同様であって良い。
 Rにおける酸素原子を含む脂肪族炭化水素基とは、前記脂肪族炭化水素基中の炭素原子が酸素原子で置き換えられた構造を有するか、上記脂肪族炭化水素基中の水素原子が酸素原子を含む置換基で置き換えられた構造を有する。酸素原子を含んでもよい脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭化水素基の炭素鎖中に、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-等の連結基が含まれる構造が挙げられる。酸素原子を含む脂肪族炭化水素基としては、具体的には例えば、-R20-(O-R21)s-(ここで、R20及びR21はそれぞれ独立に、脂肪族炭化水素基、sは1~80の数を表す)、-R22-(OCO-R23)t-(ここで、R22及びR23はそれぞれ独立に、脂肪族炭化水素基、tは1~40の数を表す)が挙げられる。R20、R21、R22及びR23の脂肪族炭化水素基は、前記脂肪族炭化水素基と同様であって良い。分散安定性の点から、前記R20は炭素数1~20のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、前記R21は炭素数1~20のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、sは1~40、更に2~25、より更に2~10の数であることが好ましい。また、分散安定性の点から、前記R22は炭素数1~20のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、前記R23は炭素数1~20のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、tは1~30、更に1~20、より更に1~10の数であることが好ましい。
 前記R20及び前記R22はそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数2~8のアルキレン基であることがより好ましい。
 前記R21は炭素数2~8のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、エチレン基又はプロピレン基であることがより好ましい。
 前記R23は炭素数2~8のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数3~7のアルキレン基であることがより好ましい。
 また、酸素原子を含む置換基としては、例えば、水酸基やアルコキシ基等が挙げられる。
 一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位において、Rとしては、中でも溶剤再溶解性の点から、脂肪族炭化水素基であってよく、炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよい。
The structural unit represented by general formula (II-1) is a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid.
In the structural unit represented by general formula (II-2), R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group for R 2 may be the same as described above.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing an oxygen atom in R 2 has a structure in which the carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group are replaced with oxygen atoms, or the hydrogen atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group are oxygen atoms has a structure substituted with a substituent containing The aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom includes, for example, a structure in which a connecting group such as -O-, -COO-, -OCO- is included in the carbon chain of the hydrocarbon group. Specific examples of the oxygen atom-containing aliphatic hydrocarbon group include -R 20 -(OR 21 )s- (wherein R 20 and R 21 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, s represents a number from 1 to 80), -R 22 -(OCO-R 23 )t- (wherein R 22 and R 23 are each independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, t is a number from 1 to 40 represents). The aliphatic hydrocarbon groups for R 20 , R 21 , R 22 and R 23 may be the same as the above aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, R 20 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, R 21 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, s is 1 to 40, and A number between 2 and 25, more preferably between 2 and 10 is preferred. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, R 22 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, R 23 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and t is 1 to 30. , more preferably a number from 1 to 20, even more from 1 to 10.
R 20 and R 22 are each independently preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 21 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an ethylene group or a propylene group.
R 23 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
Moreover, examples of the substituent containing an oxygen atom include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxy group.
In the structural unit represented by the general formula (II-2), R 2 may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. can be
 一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位において、Rは、炭化水素基を表す。Rにおける炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられ、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基としては、前記と同様であって良い。
 Rの炭化水素基の炭素数としては、1~20が挙げられ、分散安定性の点から、1~16が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく2~6がよりさらに好ましい。
In the structural unit represented by general formula (II-2), R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group for R 3 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a combination thereof, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be the same as those described above.
The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group of R 3 is 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 16, more preferably 2 to 12, and even more preferably 2 to 6, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
 一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位は、例えば、水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレートとジカルボン酸又はジカルボン酸無水物との付加反応物であるモノマーから誘導することができる。
 水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、6-ヒドロキシヘキチル(メタ)アクリレート、(ポリ)エチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、(ポリ)プロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、不飽和脂肪酸ヒドロキシアルキルエステル修飾ε-カプロラクトン等が挙げられる。
 また、脂肪族ジカルボン酸又は脂肪族ジカルボン酸無水物としては、マロン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、1,6-ヘキサンジカルボン酸、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、コハク酸無水物、アジピン酸無水物、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸無水物、無水マレイン酸等が挙げられる。芳香族ジカルボン酸又は芳香族ジカルボン酸無水物としては、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、フタル酸、2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、2,7-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、ジフェニルジカルボン酸、4,4’-ジカルボキシジフェニルエーテル、無水フタル酸、無水ナフタル酸等が挙げられる。
The structural unit represented by general formula (II-2) can be derived from, for example, a monomer that is an addition reaction product of a (meth)acrylate having a hydroxyl group and a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid anhydride.
(Meth)acrylates having a hydroxyl group include, for example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6- Hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, (poly)ethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, (poly)propylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester modified ε-caprolactone and the like.
Aliphatic dicarboxylic acids or aliphatic dicarboxylic anhydrides include malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, 1,6-hexanedicarboxylic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, succinic anhydride and adipic anhydride. , hexahydrophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and the like. Aromatic dicarboxylic acids or aromatic dicarboxylic anhydrides include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,7-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, diphenyldicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxy diphenyl ether, phthalic anhydride, naphthalic anhydride and the like.
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーのpKaは、好ましくは3.0以上6.0未満、より好ましくは3.5以上5.0未満である。また、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーのpKaは、組み合わせて用いるpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物よりpKaが高い方が好ましい。
 pKaが3.0未満であるような強い酸基を有する構成単位は、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物から、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物を塩交換により奪いやすく、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物の塩形成の阻害要因となり得、その結果、十分な耐熱性及び輝度の向上が得られないおそれがある。一般式(I)で表される構成単位の方が、組み合わせて用いるpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物よりもpKaが高ければ、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物から、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物を塩交換により奪い難くなり、十分な耐熱性及び輝度の向上が得やすくなる。
The pKa of the monomer from which the structural unit represented by general formula (I) is derived is preferably 3.0 or more and less than 6.0, more preferably 3.5 or more and less than 5.0. Further, the pKa of the monomer that induces the structural unit represented by general formula (I) is preferably higher than the pKa of the acidic group-containing compound used in combination with the pKa of 4.0 or less.
A structural unit having a strong acid group with a pKa of less than 3.0 tends to deprive a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more from an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less by salt exchange. , may inhibit salt formation between an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and as a result, sufficient improvement in heat resistance and brightness may not be obtained. There is If the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has a higher pKa than the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less to be used in combination, the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less can be converted to pKa is less likely to deprive the nitrogen-containing basic compound of 11.5 or more by salt exchange, and sufficient improvement in heat resistance and brightness can be easily obtained.
 重合体において、一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、1種類からなるものであってもよく、2種以上の構成単位を含むものであってもよい。一般式(I)で表される構成単位が2種以上の構成単位を含む場合、全ての一般式(I)で表される構成単位において、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーのpKaは、3.0以上6.0未満が好ましく、3.5以上5.0未満がより好ましい。 In the polymer, the structural unit represented by general formula (I) may consist of one type, or may contain two or more types of structural units. When the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) contains two or more structural units, the structural units represented by the general formula (I) are derived from all the structural units represented by the general formula (I). The pKa of the monomer to be used is preferably 3.0 or more and less than 6.0, more preferably 3.5 or more and less than 5.0.
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、共重合体であることが好ましく、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体、及び、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体、の少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。 The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a copolymer from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is and a block copolymer having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
{グラフト共重合体}
 本発明に用いられるグラフト共重合体は、主鎖に、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、側鎖に、溶剤親和性部位として機能するグラフトポリマー鎖を有する共重合体であることが好ましい。
{graft copolymer}
The graft copolymer used in the present invention has, in the main chain, a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) that functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material, and in the side chain, it functions as a solvent affinity site. It is preferably a copolymer having a graft polymer chain that
(グラフトポリマー鎖を有する構成単位)
 前記グラフト共重合体は、側鎖に、溶剤親和性部位として機能するグラフトポリマー鎖を有する。 
 前記ポリマー鎖は、目安として、組み合わせて用いられる溶剤に対して、23℃における溶解度が20(g/100g溶剤)以上であることが好ましい。
 当該ポリマー鎖の溶解性は、グラフト共重合体を調製する際のポリマー鎖を導入する原料が前記溶解度を有することを目安にすることができる。例えば、グラフト共重合体にポリマー鎖を導入するために、ポリマー鎖及びその末端にエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する基を含む重合性オリゴマー(マクロモノマー)を用いる場合、当該重合性オリゴマーが前記溶解度を有すれば良い。また、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する基を含むモノマーにより共重合体が形成された後に、共重合体中に含まれる反応性基と反応可能な反応性基を含むポリマー鎖を用いて、ポリマー鎖を導入する場合、当該反応性基を含むポリマー鎖が前記溶解度を有すれば良い。
(Structural Unit Having a Graft Polymer Chain)
The graft copolymer has a graft polymer chain functioning as a solvent affinity site in a side chain.
As a guideline, the polymer chain preferably has a solubility of 20 (g/100 g solvent) or more at 23° C. in the solvent used in combination.
The solubility of the polymer chain can be determined based on the solubility of the raw material into which the polymer chain is introduced when preparing the graft copolymer. For example, when using a polymerizable oligomer (macromonomer) containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond at the polymer chain and its terminal in order to introduce a polymer chain into the graft copolymer, the polymerizable oligomer is the above So long as it has solubility. Further, after a copolymer is formed from a monomer containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, using a polymer chain containing a reactive group capable of reacting with the reactive group contained in the copolymer, When a polymer chain is introduced, it is sufficient that the polymer chain containing the reactive group has the aforementioned solubility.
 本発明に用いられるグラフト共重合体は、主鎖に、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、更に側鎖に、溶剤親和性部位として機能するポリマー鎖を有する、下記一般式(III)で表される構成単位を有することが好ましい。 The graft copolymer used in the present invention has, in the main chain, a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) that functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material, and further has a side chain as a solvent affinity site. It preferably has a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III) having a functional polymer chain.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(一般式(III)中、R1”は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは直接結合又は2価の連結基、Polymerはポリマー鎖を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(In general formula (III), R 1″ represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 1 represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Polymer represents a polymer chain.)
 前記一般式(III)において、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基である。Aにおける2価の連結基としては、エチレン性不飽和二重結合由来の炭素原子とポリマー鎖を連結可能であれば、特に制限はない。2価の連結基としては、一般式(I)におけるAと同様であって良い。
 中でも、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、一般式(III)におけるAは、-CONH-基又は-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましく、-CONH-基又は-COO-基と、酸素原子を含んでもよい炭素原子数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基とを含む2価の連結基であることがより好ましい。
In the general formula (III), A 1 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group for A 1 is not particularly limited as long as it can link the carbon atom derived from the ethylenically unsaturated double bond and the polymer chain. The divalent linking group may be the same as A in formula (I).
Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, A 1 in the general formula (III) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, a -CONH- group or - A divalent linking group containing a COO- group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain an oxygen atom is more preferable.
 前記ポリマー鎖は、下記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を少なくとも1種含むことが、色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から好ましい。 From the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the colorant, the polymer chain preferably contains at least one structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(一般式(IV)中、R11は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは2価の連結基、Rは、置換基を有してもよく、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(In general formula (IV), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2 is a divalent linking group, and R 4 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and which may contain a hetero atom. .)
 一般式(IV)において、Aは、2価の連結基である。Aにおける2価の連結基としては、例えば、前記Aにおける2価の連結基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 中でも、色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、一般式(IV)におけるAは、-CONH-基又は-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましく、-CONH-基又は-COO-基であることがより好ましい。
In general formula (IV), A2 is a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group for A 2 include those similar to the divalent linking group for A 1 .
Among them, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the colorant, A 2 in the general formula (IV) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, and -CONH- group or -COO- group is more preferred.
 Rにおける、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基における炭化水素基は、例えば、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数2~18のアルケニル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基やアルキル置換アリール基等のこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
 前記炭素数1~18のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ノニル基、n-ラウリル基、n-ステアリル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ボルニル基、イソボルニル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、アダマンチル基、低級アルキル基置換アダマンチル基などを挙げることができる。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~12が好ましく、更に1~6が好ましい。
 前記炭素数2~18のアルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えばビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基などを挙げることができる。アルケニル基の二重結合の位置には限定はないが、得られたポリマーの反応性の点からは、アルケニル基の末端に二重結合があることが好ましい。アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~12が好ましく、更に2~8が好ましい。
 アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられる。アリール基の炭素数は、6~24が好ましく、更に6~12が好ましい。
 また、アラルキル基としては、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アラルキル基の炭素数は、7~20が好ましく、更に7~14が好ましい。
 また、前記アリール基やアラルキル基等の芳香環には、置換基として炭素数1~30の直鎖状、分岐状のアルキル基が結合していても良い。
The hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group optionally containing a heteroatom in R 4 is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkyl-substituted aryl group. and the like.
The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n- nonyl group, n-lauryl group, n-stearyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, adamantyl group, lower alkyl group-substituted adamantyl group and the like. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-6.
The alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such alkenyl groups include vinyl groups, allyl groups, and propenyl groups. Although the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, it is preferable that the alkenyl group has a double bond at the terminal from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the resulting polymer. The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
Aryl groups include phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tolyl, and xylyl groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-24, more preferably 6-12.
Moreover, the aralkyl group includes a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like, and may further have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7-20, more preferably 7-14.
Further, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be bonded as a substituent to the aromatic ring such as the aryl group or the aralkyl group.
 Rにおける炭化水素基としては、中でも、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、アルキル基が置換されていても良い炭素数6~12のアリール基、及び、アルキル基が置換されていても良い炭素数7~14のアラルキル基からなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ノニル基、n-ラウリル基、n-ステアリル基、アルキル基が置換されていても良いフェニル基及びベンジル基からなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, the hydrocarbon group for R 4 is, among others, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group, and The alkyl group is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aralkyl groups having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and n-butyl. It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of groups, n-nonyl groups, n-lauryl groups, n-stearyl groups, phenyl groups optionally substituted with alkyl groups, and benzyl groups.
 Rにおけるヘテロ原子を含む炭化水素基とは、上記炭化水素基中の炭素原子がヘテロ原子で置き換えられた構造を有するか、上記炭化水素基中の水素原子がヘテロ原子を含む置換基で置き換えられた構造を有する。炭化水素基が含んでいてもよいヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケイ素原子等が挙げられる。ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭化水素基の炭素鎖中に、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-O-、-S-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-、-OCO-NH-、-NH-COO-、-NH-CO-NH-、-NH-O-、-O-NH-等の連結基が含まれる構造が挙げられる。
 また、当該炭化水素基は、前記グラフト共重合体の分散性能等を妨げない範囲で、置換基を有しても良く、置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アルコキシ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基、チオール基等が挙げられる。
The heteroatom-containing hydrocarbon group for R 4 has a structure in which a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a heteroatom, or a hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a heteroatom-containing substituent. It has a well-defined structure. Heteroatoms which the hydrocarbon group may contain include, for example, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom and the like. The hydrocarbon group which may contain a heteroatom includes, for example, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -O-, -S-, -CO-S-, - S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -OCO-NH-, -NH-COO-, -NH-CO-NH-, -NH-O- , —O—NH— and other connecting groups.
Further, the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent as long as it does not interfere with the dispersion performance of the graft copolymer. Nitro group, cyano group, epoxy group, isocyanate group, thiol group and the like.
 また、Rにおけるヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基としては、炭化水素基においてヘテロ原子を含む連結基を介して末端にアルケニル基等の重合性基が付加された構造であっても良い。例えば、一般式(IV)で表される構成単位が(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させたような構造であっても良い。すなわち、一般式(IV)における-A-Rの構造が、-COO-CHCH(OH)CH-OCO-CR=CH(ここで、Rは水素原子又はメチル基)で示される構造であっても良い。また、一般式(IV)で表される構成単位がヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート由来の構成単位に2-イソシアナトアルキル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させたような構造であっても良い。すなわち、一般式(IV)におけるRが、-R’-OCONH-R”-OCO-CR=CH(ここで、R’及びR”はそれぞれ独立にアルキレン基、Rは水素原子又はメチル基)で示される構造であっても良い。 The hydrocarbon group optionally containing a heteroatom for R 4 may have a structure in which a polymerizable group such as an alkenyl group is added to the end of the hydrocarbon group via a linking group containing a heteroatom. For example, the structural unit represented by general formula (IV) may have a structure obtained by reacting a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid with glycidyl (meth)acrylate. That is, the structure of -A 2 -R 4 in general formula (IV) is -COO-CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -OCO-CR=CH 2 (wherein R is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group). It may be a structure that can be Further, the structural unit represented by general formula (IV) may have a structure obtained by reacting a structural unit derived from hydroxyalkyl(meth)acrylate with 2-isocyanatoalkyl(meth)acrylate. That is, R 4 in general formula (IV) is -R'-OCONH-R"-OCO-CR=CH 2 (wherein R' and R" are each independently an alkylene group, R is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group ) may be the structure shown.
 一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルサクシネート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート及びポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、不飽和脂肪酸ヒドロキシアルキルエステル修飾ε-カプロラクトン等由来の構成単位を有するものが好ましい。しかしながら、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of monomers that derive structural units represented by general formula (IV) include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) Acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate , dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2- Hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate and polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate , phenoxyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester-modified ε-caprolactone, and the like. However, it is not limited to these.
 本発明において、前記Rとしては、中でも、後述する溶剤との溶解性に優れたものを用いることが好ましく、色材分散液に使用する溶剤に合わせて適宜選択されれば良い。具体的には、例えば前記溶剤が、色材分散液の溶剤として一般的に使用されているエーテルアルコールアセテート系、エーテル系、エステル系、アルコール系などの有機溶剤を用いる場合には、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、ヒドロキシエチル基、フェノキシエチル基、アダマンチル基、メトキシポリエチレングリコール基、メトキシポリプロピレングリコール基、ポリエチレングリコール基等が好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use one having excellent solubility in the solvent described later as the R4 , and it may be appropriately selected according to the solvent used in the colorant dispersion. Specifically, for example, when the solvent is an ether-alcohol acetate-based, ether-based, ester-based, or alcohol-based organic solvent generally used as a solvent for a colorant dispersion, a methyl group, ethyl group, isobutyl group, n-butyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, benzyl group, cyclohexyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, hydroxyethyl group, phenoxyethyl group, adamantyl group, methoxypolyethylene glycol group, methoxypolypropylene glycol group, polyethylene Glycol groups and the like are preferred.
 前記ポリマー鎖において、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位は、1種単独でも良いが、2種以上混合されていても良い。
 色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、前記ポリマー鎖において、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の合計割合は、当該ポリマー鎖の全構成単位(100質量%)に対して、100質量%であってもよい。色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、前記ポリマー鎖において、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の合計割合は、当該ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
In the polymer chain, the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
From the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, the total proportion of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the polymer chain is based on the total structural units (100% by mass) of the polymer chain. , 100% by mass. From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, the total proportion of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the polymer chain is 40% by mass or more with respect to all structural units of the polymer chain. and more preferably 70% by mass or more.
 またマクロモノマーのポリマー鎖は、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の中でも、下記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むことが、異物発生を抑制する点、及び、基材密着性が向上し、現像時間が短縮する点から好ましい。 Further, the polymer chain of the macromonomer, among the structural units represented by the general formula (IV), from the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') It is preferable to contain at least one kind of structural unit selected from the group consisting of the point of suppressing the generation of foreign substances, the point of improving the adhesion to the substrate, and the point of shortening the development time.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(一般式(V)中、R11’は水素原子又はメチル基、A2’は2価の連結基、Rはエチレン基又はプロピレン基、Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、mは2以上80以下の数を表す。
一般式(V’)中、R11”は水素原子又はメチル基、A2”は2価の連結基、Rは炭素数が1~10のアルキレン基、Rは炭素数が3~7のアルキレン基、Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、nは1以上40以下の数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(In general formula (V), R 11′ is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2′ is a divalent linking group, R 5 is an ethylene group or a propylene group, and R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. , m represents a number of 2 or more and 80 or less.
In general formula (V'), R 11 ″ is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2 ″ is a divalent linking group, R 7 is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 8 has 3 to 7 carbon atoms. is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and n represents a number of 1 or more and 40 or less. )
 前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び一般式(V’)で表される構成単位において、A2’、及びA2”はそれぞれ独立に、2価の連結基である。A2’及びA2”における2価の連結基としては、例えば、前記Aにおける2価の連結基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 中でも、カラーフィルタ用途に使用される溶剤への溶解性の点から、A2’、及びA2”はそれぞれ独立に、-CONH-基又は-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましく、-CONH-基又は-COO-基であることがより好ましい。
In the structural unit represented by general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by general formula (V′), A 2′ and A 2″ are each independently a divalent linking group. A 2 The divalent linking group for ' and A2 '' includes, for example, the same divalent linking groups for A2.
Among them, from the viewpoint of solubility in solvents used for color filters, A 2′ and A 2″ are each independently a divalent linking group containing a —CONH— or —COO— group. is preferred, and -CONH- or -COO- is more preferred.
 前記一般式(V)における前記mは、エチレンオキシド鎖又はプロピレンオキシド鎖の繰り返し単位数を表し、2以上の数を表すが、中でも基材密着性の点から、3以上であることが好ましく、更に4以上であることが好ましい。
 一方、mの上限値は80以下であるが、カラーフィルタ用途に使用される溶剤への溶解性の点から、50以下であることが好ましい。
The m in the general formula (V) represents the number of repeating units of an ethylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain, and represents a number of 2 or more. It is preferably 4 or more.
On the other hand, although the upper limit of m is 80 or less, it is preferably 50 or less from the viewpoint of solubility in solvents used for color filters.
 Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であるが、前記Rにおける炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数2~18のアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基やアルキル置換アリール基等のこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
 前記Rにおける炭化水素基としては、前記Rにおける炭化水素基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 Rにおける炭化水素基としては、中でも、分散安定性の点から、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、アルキル基が置換されていても良い炭素数6~12のアリール基、及び、アルキル基が置換されていても良い炭素数7~14のアラルキル基からなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ノニル基、n-ラウリル基、n-ステアリル基、アルキル基が置換されていても良いフェニル基及びベンジル基からなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましい。
R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and examples of the hydrocarbon group for R 6 include an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group, and Combinations thereof, such as aralkyl groups and alkyl-substituted aryl groups, are included.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group for R 6 include the same hydrocarbon groups as those for R 4 .
Among the hydrocarbon groups for R 6 , from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group, and an alkyl group. It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aralkyl groups having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, n It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of -nonyl group, n-lauryl group, n-stearyl group, phenyl group optionally substituted with an alkyl group, and benzyl group.
 前記一般式(V’)において、Rは炭素数が1~10のアルキレン基であるが、中でも炭素数が
2~8のアルキレン基であることが、溶剤再溶解性の点から好ましい。
 Rは炭素数が3~7のアルキレン基であるが、中でも炭素数が3~5のアルキレン基、更に炭素数が5のアルキレン基であることが基材密着性の点から好ましい。
 Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、前記Rにおける炭化水素基としては、前記Rにおける炭化水素基と同様であって良い。
In the general formula (V′), R 7 is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility.
R 8 is an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Among them, an alkylene group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 5 carbon atoms are preferable from the standpoint of substrate adhesion.
R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and the hydrocarbon group for R 9 may be the same as the hydrocarbon group for R 6 above.
 前記一般式(V’)における前記nはラクトン鎖の繰り返し単位数を表し、1以上の数を表すが、中でも基材密着性の点から、2以上であることが好ましく、更に3以上であることが好ましい。
 一方、nの上限値は40以下であるが、カラーフィルタ用途に使用される溶剤への溶解性の点から、20以下であることが好ましい。
The n in the general formula (V′) represents the number of repeating units of the lactone chain, and represents a number of 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, from the viewpoint of substrate adhesion. is preferred.
On the other hand, the upper limit of n is 40 or less, but preferably 20 or less in terms of solubility in solvents used for color filters.
 前記ポリマー鎖において、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位は、1種単独でも良いが、2種以上混合されていても良い。
 基材密着性が向上し、現像時間が短縮する点から、前記グラフト共重合体のマクロモノマーにおける前記ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位の合計割合は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、15質量%以上であることがより更に好ましい。前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位の合計割合は、溶剤再溶解性の点から、前記ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、90質量%以下であることが好ましく、80質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより更に好ましい。
In the polymer chain, at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (V) and structural units represented by the following general formula (V') may be used alone. Although it is good, two or more kinds may be mixed.
From the viewpoint of improving adhesion to a substrate and shortening the development time, the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the following are added to all the structural units of the polymer chain in the macromonomer of the graft copolymer. The total proportion of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by general formula (V′) is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more. , more preferably 15% by mass or more. The total proportion of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') is the solvent re-solubility point Therefore, it is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less, based on the total structural units of the polymer chain.
 前記グラフト共重合体の前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位中のポリマー鎖の構成単位には、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位が包含される前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の他に、その他の構成単位を含んでいても良い。
 その他の構成単位としては、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマー等と共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマー由来の構成単位を挙げることができる。
 その他の構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等のスチレン類、フェニルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類等が挙げられる。
The structural unit of the polymer chain in the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) of the graft copolymer includes the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the following general formula (V'). In addition to the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV), which includes at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural units described above, other structural units may be included.
Examples of other structural units include structural units derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomers that are copolymerizable with the ethylenically unsaturated monomers from which the structural units represented by general formula (IV) are derived.
Examples of monomers from which other structural units are derived include styrene, styrenes such as α-methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as phenyl vinyl ether, and the like.
 前記グラフト共重合体の前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位中のポリマー鎖において、その他の構成単位の合計割合は、本発明の効果の点から、当該ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 In the polymer chain in the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) of the graft copolymer, the total ratio of the other structural units to the total structural units of the polymer chain is is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
 また、前記ポリマー鎖の質量平均分子量Mwは、色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、2000以上であることが好ましく、3000以上であることがより好ましく、4000以上であることがより更に好ましく、15000以下であることがより好ましく、12000以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 前記範囲であることにより、分散剤としての十分な立体反発効果を保持できるとともに、分散剤の溶剤親和性部の比表面積が大きくなることによる、上述のような作用を良好にすることができる。
 前記ポリマー鎖の質量平均分子量Mwは、前記重合性オリゴマーか前記反応性基を含むポリマー鎖について、後述の分散剤と同様に測定することができる。
Further, the weight average molecular weight Mw of the polymer chain is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the colorant. It is preferably 15,000 or less, and even more preferably 12,000 or less.
Within the above range, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the above-described effects can be improved by increasing the specific surface area of the solvent affinity portion of the dispersant.
The mass-average molecular weight Mw of the polymer chain can be measured in the same manner as for the dispersant, which will be described later, for the polymer chain containing the polymerizable oligomer or the reactive group.
 また、前記ポリマー鎖は、酸価が10mgKOH/g以下であることが、更に0mgKOH/g以下であることが異物発生を抑制する点、及び、分散安定性の点から好ましい。ここで酸価は、前記重合性オリゴマーか前記反応性基を含むポリマー鎖について、後述の分散剤の酸価と同様に測定することができる。
 前記ポリマー鎖は、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含有していても良いが分散安定性の点から、前記ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、酸性基を含有する構成単位の合計割合が5質量%以下であることが好ましく、0質量%であることがより好ましい。
In addition, the polymer chain preferably has an acid value of 10 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g or less, from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of foreign matter and dispersion stability. Here, the acid value of the polymer chain containing the polymerizable oligomer or the reactive group can be measured in the same manner as the acid value of the dispersant, which will be described later.
The polymer chain may contain a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, all structural units of the polymer chain On the other hand, the total proportion of structural units containing acidic groups is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 0% by mass.
 また、前記ポリマー鎖は、アミン価が10mgKOH/g未満であることが、更に0mgKOH/g以下であることが、分散性及び分散安定性の点から好ましい。ここでポリマー鎖のアミン価は、前記重合性オリゴマーか前記反応性基を含むポリマー鎖の固形分1gを中和するのに必要な塩酸量に対して当量となる水酸化カリウムの質量(mg)を表し、JIS K 7237:1995に記載の方法により測定される値である。
 前記ポリマー鎖は、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、窒素原子含有構成単位を含有していても良いが、分散安定性の点から、前記ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、窒素原子含有構成単位の合計割合が5質量%以下であることが好ましく、0質量%であることがより好ましい。
The polymer chain preferably has an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g or less, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. Here, the amine value of the polymer chain is the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide equivalent to the amount of hydrochloric acid required to neutralize 1 g of the solid content of the polymer chain containing the polymerizable oligomer or the reactive group. and is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 7237:1995.
The polymer chain may contain a nitrogen atom-containing structural unit as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. The total proportion of the structural units is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 0% by mass.
 前記グラフト共重合体において、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、グラフト共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、3質量%以上60質量%以下が好ましく、6質量%以上45質量%以下がより好ましく、9質量%以上35質量%以下がさらに好ましい。グラフト共重合体中の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合が前記範囲内にあれば、グラフト共重合体中の色材との親和性部の割合が適切になり、かつ溶剤に対する溶解性の低下を抑制できるので、色材に対する吸着性が良好となり、優れた分散性、分散安定性、及び溶剤再溶解性が得られる。
 一方、前記グラフト共重合体において、グラフトポリマー鎖を含む構成単位や前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位の合計含有割合は、グラフト共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上97質量%以下が好ましく、55質量%以上94質量%以下がより好ましく、65質量%以上91質量%以下がさらに好ましい。グラフト共重合体中のグラフトポリマー鎖を含む構成単位や前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位の合計含有割合が前記範囲内にあれば、グラフト共重合体中の溶剤親和性部の割合が適切になって、分散剤としての十分な立体反発効果を保持できるとともに、分散剤の溶剤親和性部の比表面積が大きくなることによる、前記効果に対する作用を良好にすることができる。
 なお、前記構成単位の含有割合は、グラフト共重合体を合成する際の、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位、及び前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位等を誘導するモノマーの仕込み量から算出される。
In the graft copolymer, the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total structural units of the main chain of the graft copolymer, It is more preferably 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less. If the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the portion having an affinity for the colorant in the graft copolymer is appropriate, and Since it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the solubility in solvents, the adsorptivity to coloring materials is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability, and solvent re-solubility can be obtained.
On the other hand, in the graft copolymer, the total content ratio of the structural units containing the graft polymer chain and the structural units represented by the general formula (III) is 40% by mass or more and 97% by mass or less is preferable, 55% by mass or more and 94% by mass or less is more preferable, and 65% by mass or more and 91% by mass or less is even more preferable. If the total content of the structural units containing the graft polymer chain in the graft copolymer and the structural units represented by the general formula (III) is within the above range, the ratio of the solvent affinity portion in the graft copolymer becomes appropriate, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the specific surface area of the solvent affinity portion of the dispersant is increased, so that the above effect can be improved.
In addition, the content ratio of the structural unit is derived from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) when synthesizing the graft copolymer. It is calculated from the charged amount of the monomer.
 本発明に用いられる前記グラフト共重合体は、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲内で、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位、及び前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位以外に、更に他の構成単位を有していても良い。他の構成単位としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位等を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマー等と共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマーを適宜選択して共重合し、他の構成単位を導入することができる。
 主鎖に、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位と共重合されている他の構成単位としては、例えば、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位や、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位とは異なる酸性基を含有する構成単位等が挙げられる。
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位とは異なる酸性基を含有する構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸等が挙げられる。
 前記グラフト共重合体において、主鎖に共重合されている他の構成単位の合計含有割合は、グラフト共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0質量%であってよい。
The graft copolymer used in the present invention is a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (III) within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Besides, it may have other structural units. As the other structural unit, an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that can be copolymerized with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is appropriately selected and copolymerized. can be introduced.
Other structural units copolymerized with the structural units represented by the general formula (I) in the main chain include, for example, the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) and the general formula (I ), and structural units containing acidic groups different from the structural units represented by ).
Examples of monomers from which a structural unit containing an acidic group different from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is derived include maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, and cinnamon. acids and the like.
In the graft copolymer, the total content of other structural units copolymerized in the main chain is preferably 40% by mass or less with respect to all structural units in the main chain of the graft copolymer, It is more preferably 20% by mass or less, and may be 0% by mass.
(グラフト共重合体の製造方法)
 本発明において、前記グラフト共重合体の製造方法としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体を製造することができる方法であればよく、特に限定されない。前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体を製造する場合、例えば、下記一般式(Ia)で表されるモノマーと、前記ポリマー鎖及びその末端にエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する基からなる重合性オリゴマー(マクロモノマー)とを共重合成分として含有して共重合し、グラフト共重合体を製造する方法が挙げられる。
 必要に応じて更にその他のモノマーも用い、公知の重合手段を用いてグラフト共重合体を製造することができる。
(Method for producing graft copolymer)
In the present invention, the method for producing the graft copolymer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of producing a graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). When producing a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), for example, a monomer represented by the following general formula (Ia), the polymer chain and an ethylenically unsaturated divalent A method of producing a graft copolymer by containing and copolymerizing a polymerizable oligomer (macromonomer) composed of a group having a heavy bond as a copolymerization component can be mentioned.
If necessary, other monomers may also be used, and the graft copolymer can be produced using known polymerization means.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(一般式(Ia)中、R、A及びQは、一般式(I)と同様である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(In general formula (Ia), R 1 , A and Q are the same as in general formula (I).)
 また、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体を製造する場合、前記一般式(Ia)で表されるモノマーと、その他のエチレン性不飽和モノマーとを付加重合して共重合体が形成された後に、共重合体中に含まれる反応性基と反応可能な反応性基を含むポリマー鎖を用いて、ポリマー鎖を導入しても良い。具体的には例えば、アルコキシ基、水酸基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基、水素結合形成基等の置換基を有する共重合体を合成した後に、当該置換基と反応する官能基を含むポリマー鎖とを反応させて、ポリマー鎖を導入したものであっても良い。
 例えば、側鎖にグリシジル基を有する共重合体に、末端にカルボキシル基を有するポリマー鎖を反応させたり、側鎖にイソシアネート基を有する共重合体に、末端にヒドロキシ基を有するポリマー鎖を反応させたりして、ポリマー鎖を導入することができる。
 なお、前記重合においては、重合に一般的に用いられる添加剤、例えば重合開始剤、分散安定剤、連鎖移動剤などを用いてもよい。
Further, when producing a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the monomer represented by the general formula (Ia) and other ethylenically unsaturated monomers are addition-polymerized. After the copolymer is formed by using a polymer chain containing a reactive group capable of reacting with the reactive group contained in the copolymer, a polymer chain may be introduced. Specifically, for example, after synthesizing a copolymer having a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, or a hydrogen bond forming group, a functional group that reacts with the substituent is added. A polymer chain may be introduced by reacting with a polymer chain contained therein.
For example, a copolymer having a glycidyl group in the side chain is reacted with a polymer chain having a terminal carboxyl group, or a copolymer having an isocyanate group in the side chain is reacted with a polymer chain having a hydroxyl group at the terminal. can introduce polymer chains.
In addition, in the polymerization, additives commonly used in polymerization, such as polymerization initiators, dispersion stabilizers, and chain transfer agents, may be used.
{ブロック共重合体}
 本発明に用いられるブロック共重合体は、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有する。
 本発明に用いられるブロック共重合体は、更に、溶剤親和性部位として機能するBブロックを有することが好ましい。
{block copolymer}
The block copolymer used in the present invention has an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), which functions as an adsorption site for the colorant.
The block copolymer used in the present invention preferably further has a B block functioning as a solvent affinity site.
(Aブロック)
 Aブロックにおいて、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位については、前述と同様なので、ここでの説明は省略する。
 Aブロックにおいて、一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、1種類からなるものであってもよく、2種以上の構成単位を含むものであってもよい。
(A block)
In the A block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is the same as described above, so the description is omitted here.
In block A, the structural unit represented by general formula (I) may consist of one type, or may contain two or more types of structural units.
 Aブロックにおいて、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲内で、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位以外に、更に他の構成単位を有していても良い。他の構成単位としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位等を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマー等と共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマーを適宜選択して共重合し、他の構成単位を導入することができる。
 Aブロックに本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲内で含まれる他の構成単位としては、例えば、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位や、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位とは異なる酸性基を含有する構成単位等が挙げられる。
 前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位や、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位とは異なる酸性基を含有する構成単位については、グラフト共重合体において記載したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明は省略する。
 Aブロックに含まれる他の構成単位の合計含有割合は、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲内であれば特に限定されないが、分散性、分散安定性の点から、Aブロックの全構成単位に対して40質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0質量%であってよい。
In addition to the structural units represented by the general formula (I), the A block may further contain other structural units as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. As the other structural unit, an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that can be copolymerized with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is appropriately selected and copolymerized. can be introduced.
Other structural units contained in the A block within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention include, for example, structural units represented by the general formula (IV) and structures represented by the general formula (I) Structural units containing acidic groups different from the units are included.
The structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) and the structural unit containing an acidic group different from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) are the same as those described for the graft copolymer. Since it is acceptable, the explanation here is omitted.
The total content of other structural units contained in the A block is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the effects of the present invention, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, It is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and may be 0% by mass.
 すなわち、Aブロックに含まれる一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、分散性、分散安定性の点から、Aブロックの全構成単位に対して、60質量%以上であることが好ましく、80質量%以上であることがより好ましく、100質量%であってよい。 That is, the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) contained in the A block should be 60% by mass or more based on the total structural units of the A block from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. is preferred, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
(Bブロック)
 本発明に用いられるブロック共重合体において、Bブロックは、溶剤親和性部位として機能するブロックである。前記Bブロックは、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマーと共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマーの中から、溶剤親和性を有するように溶剤に応じて適宜選択して用いられることが好ましい。目安として、組み合わせて用いられる溶剤に対して、ブロック共重合体の23℃における溶解度が20(g/100g溶剤)以上となるように、Bブロックを導入することが好ましい。
(B block)
In the block copolymer used in the present invention, the B block is a block that functions as a solvent affinity site. The B block is selected from among ethylenically unsaturated monomers copolymerizable with the ethylenically unsaturated monomers from which the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is derived, depending on the solvent so as to have solvent affinity. It is preferable to select and use them as appropriate. As a guideline, it is preferable to introduce the B block so that the solubility of the block copolymer at 23° C. in the solvent used in combination is 20 (g/100 g solvent) or more.
 本発明に用いられるブロック共重合体において、溶剤親和性部位として機能するBブロックは、溶剤親和性を良好にし、色材の分散性及び分散安定性が良好となる点から、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましい。
 Bブロックに含まれる前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位としては、グラフト共重合体において記載したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明は省略する。
In the block copolymer used in the present invention, the B block, which functions as a solvent affinity site, improves the solvent affinity and improves the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material. ) preferably contains at least one structural unit represented by
Since the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) contained in the B block may be the same as those described in the graft copolymer, the description thereof is omitted here.
 前記Bブロックにおいて、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位は、1種単独でも良いが、2種以上混合されていても良い。
 色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、前記Bブロックにおいて、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の合計割合は、当該Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、100質量%であってもよい。色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、前記Bブロックにおいて、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の合計割合は、当該Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
In the B block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, the total proportion of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the B block is 100% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the B block. There may be. From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, the total proportion of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the B block is 40% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the B block. and more preferably 70% by mass or more.
 また前記Bブロックは、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の中でも、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び前記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むことが、異物発生を抑制する点、及び、基材密着性が向上し、現像時間が短縮する点から好ましい。
 前記Bブロックに含まれる前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び前記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位としては、グラフト共重合体において記載したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明は省略する。
Further, the B block is a group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (V) and structural units represented by the general formula (V') among the structural units represented by the general formula (IV). It is preferable to contain at least one structural unit selected from from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of foreign matter, improving the adhesion to the substrate, and shortening the development time.
At least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the general formula (V') contained in the B block includes a graft Since it may be the same as that described in the polymer, the description here is omitted.
 前記Bブロックにおいて、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位は、1種単独でも良いが、2種以上混合されていても良い。
 異物発生を抑制する点、及び、基材密着性が向上し、現像時間が短縮する点から、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位の合計割合は、前記Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、15質量%以上であることがより更に好ましい。前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位の合計割合は、溶剤再溶解性の点から、前記Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、90質量%以下であることが好ましく、80質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより更に好ましい。
In the B block, at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (V) and structural units represented by the following general formula (V') may be Although it is good, two or more kinds may be mixed.
From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of foreign matter and improving the adhesion to the substrate and shortening the development time, the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structure represented by the following general formula (V') The total proportion of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of units is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, relative to all the structural units of the B block. , more preferably 15% by mass or more. The total proportion of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') is the solvent re-solubility point Therefore, it is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less, based on all structural units of the B block.
 前記Bブロックには、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位が包含される前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の他に、その他の構成単位を含んでいても良い。
 その他の構成単位としては、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマー等と共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマー由来の構成単位を挙げることができる。
 その他の構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等のスチレン類、フェニルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類等が挙げられる。
The B block includes at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (V) and structural units represented by the following general formula (V′). Other structural units may be included in addition to the structural units represented by general formula (IV).
Examples of other structural units include structural units derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomers that are copolymerizable with the ethylenically unsaturated monomers from which the structural units represented by general formula (IV) are derived.
Examples of monomers from which other structural units are derived include styrene, styrenes such as α-methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as phenyl vinyl ether, and the like.
 前記Bブロックにおいて、その他の構成単位の合計割合は、本発明の効果の点から、当該Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 In the B block, the total proportion of other structural units is preferably 30% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less, relative to all the structural units of the B block, from the viewpoint of the effects of the present invention. is more preferred.
 前記Bブロックの質量平均分子量Mwは、色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、2000以上であることが好ましく、3000以上であることがより好ましく、4000以上であることがより更に好ましく、15000以下であることがより好ましく、12000以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 前記範囲であることにより、分散剤としての十分な立体反発効果を保持できるとともに、分散剤の溶剤親和性部の比表面積が大きくなることによる、上述のような作用を良好にすることができる。
 前記Bブロックのみの質量平均分子量Mwは、Bブロックのみの重合体について、後述の分散剤と同様に測定することができる。
The mass average molecular weight Mw of the B block is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, It is more preferably 15,000 or less, and even more preferably 12,000 or less.
Within the above range, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the above-described effects can be improved by increasing the specific surface area of the solvent affinity portion of the dispersant.
The mass-average molecular weight Mw of only the B block can be measured in the same manner as for the dispersant, which will be described later, for the polymer of only the B block.
 また、前記Bブロックは、酸価が10mgKOH/g以下であることが、更に0mgKOH/gであることが異物発生を抑制する点、及び、分散安定性の点から好ましい。ここで酸価は、Bブロックのみの重合体について、後述の分散剤の酸価と同様に測定することができる。
 前記Bブロックは、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位、及び前記一般式(II)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位等の酸性基を含有する構成単位を含有していても良いが、分散安定性の点から、前記Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、酸性基を含有する構成単位の合計割合が5質量%以下であることが好ましく、0質量%であることがより好ましい。
The B block preferably has an acid value of 10 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g, from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of foreign matter and dispersion stability. Here, the acid value can be measured in the same manner as the acid value of the dispersant, which will be described later, for the polymer having only the B block.
The B block is at least one selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (I) and structural units represented by the general formula (II), as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Structural units containing acidic groups such as seed structural units may be contained, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the total ratio of structural units containing acidic groups to all structural units of the B block is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 0% by mass.
 また、前記Bブロックは、アミン価が10mgKOH/g未満であることが、更に0mgKOH/gであることが分散安定性の点から好ましい。ここでBブロックのアミン価は、Bブロックのみの重合体について、前述のポリマー鎖のアミン価と同様に測定することができる。
 前記Bブロックは、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、窒素原子含有構成単位を含有していても良いが、分散安定性の点から、前記Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、窒素原子含有構成単位の合計割合が5質量%以下であることが好ましく、0質量%であることがより好ましい。
The B block preferably has an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g, more preferably 0 mgKOH/g, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. Here, the amine value of the B block can be measured in the same manner as the amine value of the polymer chain described above for a polymer having only the B block.
The B block may contain a nitrogen atom-containing structural unit as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. The total proportion of the structural units is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 0% by mass.
 また、前記Bブロックは、溶剤親和性部位として機能するように選択されれば良く、構成単位は1種からなるものであっても良いが、2種以上混合されていても良い。前記Bブロックは、2種以上の構成単位を含む場合に、Bブロック内で、2種以上の構成単位がランダム共重合されていてもよい。 In addition, the B block may be selected so as to function as a solvent affinity site, and the structural unit may consist of one type, or two or more types may be mixed. When the B block contains two or more structural units, the two or more structural units may be randomly copolymerized within the B block.
 前記ブロック共重合体の結合順としては、色材を安定に分散することができるものであればよく、特に限定されないが、前記Aブロックが前記ブロック共重合体の一端に結合したものであることが、色材との相互作用に優れ、分散剤同士の凝集を効果的に抑えることができる点から好ましく、AB型ブロック共重合体又はABA型ブロック共重合体、BAB型ブロック共重合体であることが好ましく、中でもAB型ブロック共重合体、BAB型ブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。 The bonding order of the block copolymer is not particularly limited as long as it can stably disperse the coloring material, but the A block is bonded to one end of the block copolymer. However, the AB type block copolymer, the ABA type block copolymer, and the BAB type block copolymer are preferred from the viewpoint that they are excellent in interaction with the colorant and can effectively suppress aggregation between dispersants. AB type block copolymers and BAB type block copolymers are particularly preferred.
 前記ブロック共重合体において、Aブロックの合計含有割合は、ブロック共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、3質量%以上60質量%以下が好ましく、6質量%以上45質量%以下がより好ましく、9質量%以上35質量%以下がさらに好ましい。ブロック共重合体中のAブロックの合計含有割合が前記範囲内にあれば、ブロック共重合体中の色材との親和性部の割合が適切になり、かつ溶剤に対する溶解性の低下を抑制できるので、色材に対する吸着性が良好となり、優れた分散性、分散安定性及び溶剤再溶解性が得られる。
 前記ブロック共重合体において、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、ブロック共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、3質量%以上60質量%以下が好ましく、6質量%以上45質量%以下がより好ましく、9質量%以上35質量%以下がさらに好ましい。ブロック共重合体中の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合が前記範囲内にあれば、ブロック共重合体中の色材との親和性部の割合が適切になり、かつ溶剤に対する溶解性の低下を抑制できるので、色材に対する吸着性が良好となり、優れた分散性、分散安定性及び溶剤再溶解性が得られる。
In the block copolymer, the total content of the A block is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, and 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, based on the total structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer. More preferably, 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less is even more preferable. If the total content of the A block in the block copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the portion having an affinity for the coloring material in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and a decrease in solubility in solvents can be suppressed. Therefore, the adsorption to the coloring material is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability and solvent re-solubility are obtained.
In the block copolymer, the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer, It is more preferably 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less. If the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the block copolymer is within the above range, the proportion of the affinity portion with the colorant in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and Since it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the solubility in solvents, the adsorptivity to coloring materials is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability and solvent re-solubility can be obtained.
 一方、前記ブロック共重合体において、Bブロックの合計含有割合は、ブロック共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上97質量%以下が好ましく、55質量%以上94質量%以下がより好ましく、65質量%以上91質量%以下がさらに好ましい。ブロック共重合体中のBブロックの合計含有割合が前記範囲内にあれば、ブロック共重合体中の溶剤親和性部の割合が適切になって、分散剤としての十分な立体反発効果を保持できるとともに、分散剤の溶剤親和性部の比表面積が大きくなることによる、前記効果に対する作用を良好にすることができる。
 なお、前記構成単位の含有割合は、ブロック共重合体を合成する際の、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位、及び前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位等を誘導するモノマーの仕込み量から算出される。
On the other hand, in the block copolymer, the total content of the B block is preferably 40% by mass or more and 97% by mass or less, and 55% by mass or more and 94% by mass, based on the total structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer. The following are more preferable, and 65% by mass or more and 91% by mass or less are even more preferable. When the total content of the B block in the block copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the solvent affinity portion in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained. In addition, by increasing the specific surface area of the solvent-affinitive portion of the dispersant, the above effects can be improved.
In addition, the content ratio of the structural unit is derived from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) when synthesizing the block copolymer. It is calculated from the charged amount of the monomer.
(ブロック共重合体の製造方法)
 前記ブロック共重合体の製造方法は、特に限定されない。公知の方法によってブロック共重合体を製造することができるが、中でもリビング重合法で製造することが好ましい。連鎖移動や失活が起こりにくく、分子量の揃った共重合体を製造することができ、分散性等を向上できるからである。リビング重合法としては、リビングラジカル重合法、グループトランスファー重合法等のリビングアニオン重合法、リビングカチオン重合法等を挙げることができる。これらの方法によりモノマーを順次重合することによって共重合体を製造することができる。例えば、Aブロックを先に製造し、AブロックにBブロックを構成する構成単位を重合することにより、ブロック共重合体を製造することができる。また上記の製造方法においてAブロックとBブロックの重合の順番を逆にすることもできる。また、AブロックとBブロックを別々に製造し、その後、AブロックとBブロックをカップリングすることもできる。
(Method for producing block copolymer)
The method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited. A block copolymer can be produced by a known method, but is preferably produced by a living polymerization method. This is because chain transfer and deactivation are unlikely to occur, a copolymer having a uniform molecular weight can be produced, and dispersibility and the like can be improved. Examples of the living polymerization method include a living radical polymerization method, a living anion polymerization method such as a group transfer polymerization method, a living cationic polymerization method, and the like. A copolymer can be produced by sequentially polymerizing monomers by these methods. For example, a block copolymer can be produced by first producing the A block and then polymerizing the structural units constituting the B block onto the A block. Also, the order of polymerization of the A block and the B block can be reversed in the above production method. It is also possible to prepare the A and B blocks separately and then couple the A and B blocks.
{一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の特性}
 塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体のアミン価は、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能とする点から、10mgKOH/g未満である。塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体のアミン価は3mgKOH/g未満であってよく、0mgKOH/gであることが分散安定性の点から好ましい。
 塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体のアミン価は、前述のポリマー鎖のアミン価と同様に測定することができる。
{Characteristics of polymer having structural unit represented by general formula (I)}
The amine value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is less than 10 mgKOH/g in order to form a coating film in which generation of foreign matter is suppressed. The amine value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by formula (I) before salt formation may be less than 3 mgKOH/g, preferably 0 mgKOH/g from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
The amine value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by formula (I) before salt formation can be measured in the same manner as the amine value of the polymer chain described above.
 また、塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の酸価は、分散安定性の点から、20mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、30mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、40mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上であることがより更に好ましい。
 一方、塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の酸価は、溶剤再溶解性の点から、250mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、180mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、160mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の酸価は、共重合体の固形分1g中に含まれる酸性成分を中和するために要する水酸化カリウムの質量(mg)を表し、JIS K 0070:1992に記載の方法により測定される値である。
Further, the acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more.
On the other hand, the acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is preferably 250 mgKOH/g or less, preferably 180 mgKOH/g or less, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility. more preferably 160 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
The acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is the mass of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component contained in 1 g of the solid content of the copolymer. (mg) and is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 0070:1992.
 塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の質量平均分子量Mwは、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、4000以上であることが好ましく、5000以上であることがより好ましく、6000以上であることがより更に好ましい。一方、溶剤再溶解性の点から、50000以下であることが好ましく、30000以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、前記グラフト共重合体である分散剤の質量平均分子量Mwと数平均分子量Mnの比(Mw/Mn)は、分散安定性の点から、4.0以下であることが好ましく、3.5以下であることがより好ましく、3.0以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、前記ブロック共重合体である分散剤の質量平均分子量Mwと数平均分子量Mnの比(Mw/Mn)は、分散安定性の点から、1.8以下であることが好ましく、1.6以下であることがより好ましく、1.4以下であることがより好ましい。
 なお、本発明において質量平均分子量Mw、及び数平均分子量Mnは、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)により測定された値である。測定は、東ソー製のHLC-8120GPCを用い、溶出溶剤を0.01モル/リットルの臭化リチウムを添加したN-メチルピロリドンとし、校正曲線用ポリスチレンスタンダードをMw377400、210500、96000、50400、20650、10850、5460、2930、1300、580(以上、Polymer Laboratories製 Easi PS-2シリーズ)及びMw1090000(東ソー製)とし、測定カラムをTSK-GEL ALPHA-M×2本(東ソー製)として行われたものである。
The mass-average molecular weight Mw of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. is more preferable, and 6000 or more is even more preferable. On the other hand, it is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility.
In addition, the ratio (Mw/Mn) between the mass average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the dispersant, which is the graft copolymer, is preferably 4.0 or less, and 3.5 from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably 3.0 or less.
In addition, the ratio (Mw/Mn) between the mass average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the dispersant, which is the block copolymer, is preferably 1.8 or less, and 1.6 from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably 1.4 or less, more preferably 1.4 or less.
In the present invention, the mass average molecular weight Mw and number average molecular weight Mn are values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). The measurement was carried out using Tosoh's HLC-8120GPC, the elution solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone to which 0.01 mol/liter of lithium bromide was added, and the polystyrene standards for the calibration curve were Mw 377400, 210500, 96000, 50400, 20650, 10850, 5460, 2930, 1300, 580 (Easi PS-2 series manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) and Mw 1090000 (manufactured by Tosoh), and the measurement column was TSK-GEL ALPHA-M × 2 (manufactured by Tosoh). is.
[塩型重合体]
 本発明において分散剤として用いられる塩型重合体は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、塩基性化合物とが塩を形成した塩型重合体である。
 当該塩型重合体において酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩を形成している塩基性化合物としては、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物であってもよいし、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物とは異なる塩基性化合物が含まれていてもよい。
[Salt polymer]
The salt-type polymer used as a dispersant in the present invention includes at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and a basic It is a salt-type polymer in which a compound forms a salt.
The basic compound forming a salt with at least part of the acidic groups in the salt-type polymer may be a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, or a basic compound having a pKa of 11.5. A basic compound different from the above nitrogen-containing basic compounds may be included.
 pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物としては、前記と同様であってよいのでここでの説明を省略する。
 pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物とは異なる塩基性化合物としては、例えば、pKaが11.5未満の含窒素塩基性化合物等が挙げられる。
Since the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more may be the same as described above, the description thereof is omitted here.
Examples of the basic compound different from the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more include a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of less than 11.5.
 pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物とは異なる塩基性化合物としては、例えば、N,N,N’,N”,N”-ペンタメチルジエチレントリアミン(pKa:8.8)、テトラメチルエチレンジアミン(pKa:8.3)、ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート(pKa:8.2)、ジメチルベンジルアミン(pKa:9)、トリエチルアミン(pKa:10.8)、トリブチルアミン(pKa:10)、ビス(2-ジメチルアミノエチル)エーテル(pKa:9.1)、N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチルプロパンジアミン(pKa:9.9)、N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチル-1,6-ヘキサンジアミン(pKa:10.1)、2-(ジメチルアミノ)エタノール(pKa:9.3)、N,N,N’,N’,N”-ペンタメチルジプロピレントリアミン(pKa:9.9)、N,N-ジメチルシクロヘキシルアミン(pKa:10.7)、N-[3-(ジメチルアミノ)プロピル]アクリルアミド(pKa:10.4)等の3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物や、2-メチルイミダゾール(pKa:7.8)、1-イソブチル-2-メチルイミダゾール(pKa:7.8)、及びトリエチレンジアミン(pKa:8.8)等の塩基性複素環式化合物等が挙げられる。 Basic compounds different from nitrogen-containing basic compounds having a pKa of 11.5 or more include, for example, N,N,N′,N″,N″-pentamethyldiethylenetriamine (pKa: 8.8), tetramethylethylenediamine (pKa: 8.3), dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (pKa: 8.2), dimethylbenzylamine (pKa: 9), triethylamine (pKa: 10.8), tributylamine (pKa: 10), bis(2- dimethylaminoethyl) ether (pKa: 9.1), N,N,N',N'-tetramethylpropanediamine (pKa: 9.9), N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-1, 6-hexanediamine (pKa: 10.1), 2-(dimethylamino)ethanol (pKa: 9.3), N,N,N',N',N''-pentamethyldipropylenetriamine (pKa: 9. 9), tertiary amino group-containing basic compounds such as N,N-dimethylcyclohexylamine (pKa: 10.7), N-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]acrylamide (pKa: 10.4), and 2 -methylimidazole (pKa: 7.8), 1-isobutyl-2-methylimidazole (pKa: 7.8), and basic heterocyclic compounds such as triethylenediamine (pKa: 8.8).
 当該塩型重合体において酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩を形成している塩基性化合物は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、分子量が800以下であることが好ましく、650以下であることがより好ましく、500以下であることがより更に好ましく、350以下であることがより更に好ましい。一方、前記塩基性化合物は、耐熱性の点から、分子量が60以上であることが好ましい。 The basic compound forming a salt with at least part of the acidic groups in the salt-type polymer preferably has a molecular weight of 800 or less, more preferably 650 or less, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferably, it is 500 or less, and even more preferably 350 or less. On the other hand, the basic compound preferably has a molecular weight of 60 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
 塩型重合体において、酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩を形成している塩基性化合物の含有量は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の酸性基と塩形成しているものであることから、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の酸性基に対して、塩基性化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種の合計を0.01モル当量以上とすることが好ましく、0.05モル当量以上とすることがより好ましく、0.10モル当量以上とすることがさらに好ましく、0.15モル当量以上とすることが特に好ましい。上記下限値以上であると、塩形成による色材分散性、コントラスト、基材密着性及び輝度の向上効果が得られやすい。同様に、1.0モル当量以下とすることが好ましく、0.9モル当量以下とすることがより好ましく、0.8モル当量以下とすることがさらに好ましく、0.7モル当量以下とすることが特に好ましい。上記上限値以下であると、アルカリ現像性や溶剤再溶解性に優れたものとすることができる。
 なお、塩基性化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせる場合は、その合計の含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
In the salt-type polymer, the content of the basic compound forming a salt with at least a part of the acidic groups forms a salt with the terminal acidic group of the structural unit represented by general formula (I). Therefore, the total amount of at least one selected from basic compounds is preferably 0.01 molar equivalent or more with respect to the terminal acidic group of the structural unit represented by general formula (I). , more preferably 0.05 molar equivalents or more, more preferably 0.10 molar equivalents or more, and particularly preferably 0.15 molar equivalents or more. If it is at least the above lower limit, the effect of improving colorant dispersibility, contrast, substrate adhesion and brightness by salt formation is likely to be obtained. Similarly, it is preferably 1.0 molar equivalents or less, more preferably 0.9 molar equivalents or less, even more preferably 0.8 molar equivalents or less, and 0.7 molar equivalents or less. is particularly preferred. When it is at most the above upper limit, excellent alkali developability and solvent re-solubility can be obtained.
In addition, a basic compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may combine 2 or more types. When combining two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
 塩型重合体の調製方法としては、塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を溶解乃至分散した溶剤中に、前記塩基性化合物を添加し、攪拌、更に必要により加熱する方法などが挙げられる。
 なお、重合体の当該一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の酸性基と、前記塩基性化合物とが塩を形成していること、及びその割合は、例えばNMR等、公知の手法により確認することができる。
As a method for preparing the salt-type polymer, the basic compound is added to a solvent in which the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is dissolved or dispersed, and the mixture is stirred. A method of heating, if necessary, and the like can be mentioned.
The fact that the terminal acidic group of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the polymer and the basic compound form a salt, and the ratio thereof can be determined by known methods such as NMR. It can be confirmed by the method.
{一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の好ましい態様}
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体、及び当該グラフト共重合体において前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩基性化合物とが塩を形成している塩型グラフト共重合体、並びに、
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体、及び当該ブロック共重合体において前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩基性化合物とが塩を形成している塩型ブロック共重合体、の少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい態様として挙げられる。
 また、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体は、分散性及び分散安定性、及び異物発生を抑制する点から、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位と、前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体であり、当該一般式(III)中のポリマー鎖が前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び前記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むグラフト共重合体、及び当該グラフト共重合体において前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩基性化合物とが塩を形成している塩型グラフト共重合体、並びに、
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックと、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を含むBブロックを有し、当該Bブロックに前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び前記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むブロック共重合体、及び当該ブロック共重合体において前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩基性化合物とが塩を形成している塩型ブロック共重合体、の少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい態様として挙げられる。
{Preferred Embodiment of Polymer Having Structural Unit Represented by Formula (I)}
From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, the polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation is
A graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer and a basic compound form a salt. a salt-type graft copolymer, and
A block copolymer having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) in the block copolymer and a basic compound is at least one of salt-type block copolymers forming a salt.
In addition, the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation has good dispersibility and dispersion stability, and suppresses the generation of foreign matter, A graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (III), wherein the polymer chain in the general formula (III) is the general formula ( V) and a graft copolymer containing at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (V′), and in the graft copolymer, the A salt-type graft copolymer in which at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) and a basic compound form a salt, and
An A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (IV), wherein the B block is represented by the general formula (V) and a block copolymer containing at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the general formula (V′), and in the block copolymer, the general formula (I A more preferred embodiment is at least one salt-type block copolymer in which at least part of the acidic groups contained in ) and the basic compound form a salt.
 本発明に係る色材分散液に用いられる分散剤において、前記前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体の含有割合は、10質量%以上が好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより更に好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより更に好ましく、100質量%であってよい。 In the dispersant used in the colorant dispersion according to the present invention, the content of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation is , preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, even more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 50% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
 本発明に係る色材分散液において、分散剤としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体を少なくとも含有するが、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、他の分散剤を含有しても良い。他の分散剤としては、例えば、公知の分散剤を適宜選択して用いることができる。 In the colorant dispersion according to the present invention, the dispersant contains at least a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation. , other dispersants may be contained as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. As another dispersant, for example, a known dispersant can be appropriately selected and used.
 本発明に係る色材分散液には、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物が含まれることから、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と塩形成可能な塩基性分散剤を更に含んでいてもよい。
 塩基性分散剤としては、中でも、下記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が35mgKOH/g以上の重合体であることが、分散性及び分散安定性、溶剤再溶解性の点から好ましい。
Since the colorant dispersion according to the present invention contains an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a basic dispersant capable of forming a salt with an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is further added. may contain.
As the basic dispersant, among others, a polymer having a constitutional unit represented by the following general formula (VI) and having an amine value of 35 mgKOH/g or more before forming a salt is preferred in terms of dispersibility and dispersion stability. , is preferred from the point of solvent re-solubility.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(一般式(VI)中、R31は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R32及びR33は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R32及びR33が互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(In general formula (VI), R 31 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 3 is a divalent linking group, R 32 and R 33 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a carbon atom that may contain a hetero atom. represents a hydrogen group, and R 32 and R 33 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.)
[一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有する重合体]
 一般式(VI)において、Aは、2価の連結基である。Aにおける2価の連結基としては、前記一般式(I)におけるAと同様であって良い。
[Polymer having structural unit represented by general formula (VI)]
In general formula (VI) , A3 is a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group in A3 may be the same as A in the general formula ( I).
 R32及びR33における、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基における炭化水素基は、例えば、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基などが挙げられる。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられ、アルキル基の炭素原子数は、1~18が好ましく、中でも、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましい。
 アラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられる。アラルキル基の炭素原子数は、7~20が好ましく、更に7~14が好ましい。
 また、アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられる。アリール基の炭素原子数は、6~24が好ましく、更に6~12が好ましい。なお、上記好ましい炭素原子数には、置換基の炭素原子数は含まれない。
 ヘテロ原子を含む炭化水素基とは、上記炭化水素基中の炭素原子がヘテロ原子で置き換えられた構造を有する。炭化水素基が含んでいてもよいヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケイ素原子等が挙げられる。
 また、炭化水素基中の水素原子は、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等のハロゲン原子により置換されていてもよい。
Examples of the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group optionally containing a heteroatom for R 32 and R 33 include an alkyl group, an aralkyl group and an aryl group.
Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like, and the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is 1 to 18 are preferable, and among them, a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
The aralkyl group includes, for example, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7-20, more preferably 7-14.
Aryl groups include phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tolyl, and xylyl groups. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-24, more preferably 6-12. In addition, the preferable number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
A heteroatom-containing hydrocarbon group has a structure in which a carbon atom in the above hydrocarbon group is replaced with a heteroatom. Examples of the heteroatom that the hydrocarbon group may contain include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom and the like.
A hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a halogen atom such as an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, fluorine atom, chlorine atom or bromine atom.
 R32及びR33が互いに結合して環構造を形成しているとは、R32及びR33が窒素原子を介して環構造を形成していることをいう。R32及びR33が形成する環構造にヘテロ原子が含まれていても良い。環構造は特に限定されないが、例えば、ピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環等が挙げられる。 The expression that R 32 and R 33 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure means that R 32 and R 33 form a ring structure via a nitrogen atom. A heteroatom may be included in the ring structure formed by R 32 and R 33 . Although the ring structure is not particularly limited, examples thereof include pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring, morpholine ring and the like.
 本発明においては、中でも、R32及びR33が各々独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基であるか、又は、R32及びR33が結合してピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環を形成していることが好ましく、中でもR32及びR33の少なくとも1つが炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基であるか、又は、R32及びR33が結合してピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環を形成していることが好ましい。 In the present invention, among others, R 32 and R 33 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, or R 32 and R 33 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, It preferably forms a piperidine ring or a morpholine ring, in which at least one of R 32 and R 33 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, or R 32 and R 33 are bonded preferably form a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, or a morpholine ring.
 上記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位としては、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレート等、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドなどのアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。中でも分散性、及び分散安定性が向上する点でジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドを好ましく用いることができる。
 一般式(VI)で表される構成単位は、1種類からなるものであってもよく、2種以上の構成単位を含むものであってもよい。
Examples of structural units represented by the general formula (VI) include alkyl group-substituted amino groups such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and diethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate. Examples thereof include group-containing (meth)acrylates and alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth)acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylamide and dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylamide. Among them, dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
The structural unit represented by general formula (VI) may consist of one type, or may contain two or more types of structural units.
 前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有する重合体は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、共重合体であることが好ましく、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体、及び、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体、の少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。 The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is preferably a copolymer from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is and a block copolymer having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI).
 前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体において、溶剤親和性部位として機能するグラフトポリマー鎖を有する構成単位は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体におけるグラフトポリマー鎖を有する構成単位や前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位と同様であって良い。 In the graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), the structural unit having a graft polymer chain that functions as a solvent affinity site has a structural unit represented by the general formula (I). It may be the same as the structural unit having a graft polymer chain in the graft copolymer or the structural unit represented by the general formula (III).
 また、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体において、グラフト共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対する、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体における前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合と同様であって良い。
 また、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体において、グラフト共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対する、グラフトポリマー鎖を含む構成単位や前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位の合計含有割合は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体におけるグラフトポリマー鎖を含む構成単位や前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位の合計含有割合と同様であって良い。
 更に、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体の製造方法は、前記前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体の製造方法と同様であって良い。
Further, in the graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) to the total structural units of the main chain of the graft copolymer may be the same as the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
Further, in the graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), the structural unit containing the graft polymer chain or the general formula (III) for all the structural units of the main chain of the graft copolymer The total content of the structural units represented by the above general formula (I) is a structural unit containing a graft polymer chain in a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) or a structural unit represented by the general formula (III). may be the same as the total content ratio of
Furthermore, the method for producing the graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is the same as the method for producing the graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). It's fine.
 また、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体において、溶剤親和性部位として機能するBブロックは、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体におけるBブロックと同様であって良い。
 また、前記ブロック共重合体の結合順としても、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロック共重合体と同様であって良い。
Further, in the block copolymer having the A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), the B block functioning as a solvent affinity site is the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). It may be the same as the B block in the block copolymer having the A block containing.
Also, the bonding order of the block copolymer may be the same as that of the block copolymer containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
 前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有するブロック共重合体において、ブロック共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対する、Aブロックの合計含有割合や、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するブロック共重合体におけるAブロックの合計含有割合や、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合と同様であって良い。
 また、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有するブロック共重合体において、ブロック共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対する、Bブロックの合計含有割合は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体におけるBブロックの合計含有割合と同様であって良い。
 更に、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有するブロック共重合体の製造方法は、前記前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するブロック共重合体の製造方法と同様であって良い。
In the block copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), the total content of the A block with respect to all the structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer, or the general formula (VI) The content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is the total content ratio of the A block in the block copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), or the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may be similar to
Further, in the block copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), the total content of the B block with respect to all the structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer is represented by the general formula (I). It may be the same as the total content of B blocks in the graft copolymer having the represented structural units.
Furthermore, the method for producing the block copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is the same as the method for producing the block copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). It's fine.
{一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の特性}
 前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の質量平均分子量Mwは、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、4000以上であることが好ましく、5000以上であることがより好ましく、6000以上であることがより更に好ましい。一方、溶剤再溶解性の点から、50000以下であることが好ましく、30000以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、前記グラフト共重合体である分散剤の質量平均分子量Mwと数平均分子量Mnの比(Mw/Mn)は、分散安定性の点から、4.0以下であることが好ましく、3.5以下であることがより好ましく、3.0以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、前記ブロック共重合体である分散剤の質量平均分子量Mwと数平均分子量Mnの比(Mw/Mn)は、分散安定性の点から、1.8以下であることが好ましく、1.6以下であることがより好ましく、1.4以下であることがより好ましい。
 なお、質量平均分子量Mw、及び数平均分子量Mnは、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体と同様に測定することができる。
{Characteristics of polymer having structural unit represented by general formula (VI)}
The mass average molecular weight Mw of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. 6000 or more is even more preferable. On the other hand, it is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 30,000 or less, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility.
In addition, the ratio (Mw/Mn) between the mass average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the dispersant, which is the graft copolymer, is preferably 4.0 or less, and 3.5 from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably 3.0 or less.
In addition, the ratio (Mw/Mn) between the mass average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the dispersant, which is the block copolymer, is preferably 1.8 or less, and 1.6 from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably 1.4 or less, more preferably 1.4 or less.
The mass-average molecular weight Mw and number-average molecular weight Mn can be measured in the same manner as for the polymer having the structural unit represented by formula (I).
 前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有する重合体のアミン価は、色材分散性及び分散安定性の点から、下限としては、35mgKOH/g以上であるが、40mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上であることがさらにより好ましい。また、上限としては、130mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下であることがさらにより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、分散安定性がより優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、他の成分との相溶性に優れ、溶剤再溶解性が良好になる。
 なお、本発明において前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有する重合体のアミン価とは、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の固形分1gを中和するのに必要な塩酸量に対して当量となる水酸化カリウムの質量(mg)を表し、JIS K 7237に記載の方法により測定される値である。
From the viewpoint of colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability, the lower limit of the amine value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is 35 mgKOH/g or more, but 40 mgKOH/g or more. preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more. Further, the upper limit is more preferably 130 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less. If it is more than the said lower limit, dispersion stability will be more excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, it will be excellent in compatibility with other components, and solvent re-solubility will become favorable.
In the present invention, the amine value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) means that 1 g of the solid content of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) is neutralized. It represents the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide that is equivalent to the amount of hydrochloric acid required to do so, and is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 7237.
{前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の塩型重合体}
 分散剤としては、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と、下記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した塩型重合体を用いても良い。
 また、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とが塩を形成している塩型重合体であってもよい。
{Salt-type polymer of a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI)}
As a dispersant, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) and at least a part of and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (1) to (3) may form a salt.
Further, at least part of the terminal nitrogen portion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), and the pKa of 4.0 or less It may be a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed with an acidic group-containing compound.
 当該塩型重合体としては、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体、又は、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体における、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と下記一般式(1)~(3)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した塩型グラフト共重合体又は塩型ブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。
 中でも、当該塩型重合体としては、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体、又は、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体における、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とが塩を形成した塩型グラフト共重合体又は塩型ブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。
As the salt-type polymer, a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), or a block copolymer having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) In coalescence, one selected from the group consisting of at least part of the terminal nitrogen portion possessed by the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) and the compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) to (3) A salt-type graft copolymer or a salt-type block copolymer in which the above compounds form a salt is preferable.
Among them, as the salt-type polymer, a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), or a block having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) A salt-type graft copolymer in which at least part of the terminal nitrogen portion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) in the copolymer forms a salt with the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less. Polymers or salt-type block copolymers are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(一般式(1)において、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。
一般式(2)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。但し、R及びRの少なくとも一つは炭素原子を含む。
一般式(3)において、R、Rf’、及びRf”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、酸性基又はそのエステル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表し、Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(In the general formula (1), R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or -O- R b represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or a C 1 to 4 It represents a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group.
In general formula (2), each of R c and R d may independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, or a substituent. represents a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or —O—R e , where R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group optionally having a substituent, or It represents a benzyl group or a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. However, at least one of Rc and Rd contains a carbon atom.
In the general formula (3), R f , R f′ and R f″ are each independently a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a linear chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, represents a branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group optionally having a substituent, a phenyl group or a benzyl group optionally having a substituent, or —OR g, wherein R g has a substituent; a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group optionally having substituents, a phenyl group or benzyl group optionally having substituents, or 1 carbon atom represents a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group of ~4, and X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.)
 前記(3)で表される化合物の各符号の説明としては、国際公開2016/104493号に記載の一般式(2)の対応する箇所の符号の説明を参照することができる。前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の構造や例示は、国際公開2016/104493号に記載の構造が挙げられる。 For the explanation of each symbol of the compound represented by (3), the explanation of the symbol corresponding to the general formula (2) described in International Publication No. 2016/104493 can be referred to. Structures and examples of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) include structures described in WO 2016/104493.
 塩型重合体において、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の含有量は、一般式(VI)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と塩形成しているものであることから、一般式(VI)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位1モルに対して、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物を0.05モル以上とすることが好ましく、0.10モル以上とすることがより好ましく、0.20モル以上とすることがさらに好ましく、0.30モル以上とすることが特に好ましい。上記下限値以上であると、塩形成による色材分散性向上の効果が得られやすい。同様に、1モル以下とすることが好ましく、0.95モル以下とすることがより好ましく、0.90モル以下とすることがさらに好ましく、0.85モル以下とすることが特に好ましい。上記上限値以下であると溶剤再溶解性に優れたものとすることができる。
 なお、前記一般式(1)~(3)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせる場合は、その合計の含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
In the salt-type polymer, the content of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) is the terminal nitrogen portion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI). Since it forms a salt, it is selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) with respect to 1 mol of the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI). It is preferable that the one or more compounds to be used is 0.05 mol or more, more preferably 0.10 mol or more, further preferably 0.20 mol or more, and 0.30 mol or more. is particularly preferred. When it is at least the above lower limit, the effect of improving the dispersibility of the coloring material by salt formation is likely to be obtained. Similarly, it is preferably 1 mol or less, more preferably 0.95 mol or less, even more preferably 0.90 mol or less, and particularly preferably 0.85 mol or less. It should be excellent in solvent resolubility as it is below the said upper limit.
One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (1) to (3) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When combining two or more, the total content is preferably within the above range.
 本発明において、分散剤の各構成単位の含有割合や構造は、各種質量分析、NMR等を用いて行うことができる。また、分散剤を必要に応じて熱分解等により分解し、得られた分解物について、高速液体クロマトグラフィー、ガスクロマトグラフ質量分析計、NMR、元素分析、XPS/ESCA及びTOF-SIMS等を用いて求めることができる。 In the present invention, the content ratio and structure of each structural unit of the dispersant can be determined using various mass spectrometry, NMR, and the like. In addition, if necessary, the dispersant is decomposed by thermal decomposition or the like, and the obtained decomposition product is subjected to high performance liquid chromatography, gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, NMR, elemental analysis, XPS / ESCA, TOF-SIMS, etc. can ask.
 本発明に係る色材分散液において、分散剤としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体を少なくとも用い、分散剤の含有量は、用いる色材の種類、更に後述する着色硬化性組成物中の固形分濃度等に応じて適宜選定される。
 分散剤の含有量は、色材分散液中の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは3質量%~60質量%、より好ましくは5質量%~45質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性、溶剤再溶解性が優れやすい。また、上記上限値以下であれば、現像性が良好になりやすい。
In the colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention, as the dispersant, at least a polymer having a constitutional unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value before salt formation of less than 10 mgKOH/g is used and dispersed. The content of the agent is appropriately selected according to the type of coloring material used, the solid content concentration in the colored curable composition described later, and the like.
The content of the dispersant is, for example, preferably 3% to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% to 45% by mass, based on the total solid content in the colorant dispersion. If it is at least the above lower limit, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material and solvent re-solubility tend to be excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable easily.
<溶剤>
 本発明に用いられる溶剤としては、色材分散液中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解もしくは分散可能な有機溶剤であればよく、特に限定されない。溶剤は単独もしくは2種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
 溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、メトキシアルコール、エトキシアルコールなどのアルコール系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエタノール、エトキシエトキシエタノールなどのカルビトール系溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、酪酸イソブチル、酪酸n-ブチル、乳酸エチル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどのエステル系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン系溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテートなどのグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)などのカルビトールアセテート系溶剤;プロピレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート等のジアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドンなどの非プロトン性アミド溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトンなどのラクトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフランなどの環状エーテル系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ナフタレンなどの不飽和炭化水素系溶剤;n-ヘプタン、n-ヘキサン、n-オクタンなどの飽和炭化水素系溶剤;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類などの有機溶剤が挙げられる。これらの溶剤の中ではグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤が他の成分の溶解性の点で好適に用いられる。中でも、本発明に用いる溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、及び、3-メトキシブチルアセテートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、他の成分の溶解性や塗布適性の点から好ましい。
<Solvent>
The solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with the components in the colorant dispersion and is capable of dissolving or dispersing them. A solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
Specific examples of solvents include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ester solvents such as ethyl lactate and cyclohexanol acetate; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone and 2-heptanone; methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1 -glycol ether acetate solvents such as butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and ethoxyethyl acetate; carbitol acetate solvents such as methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); propylene glycol diacetate , 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate and other diacetates; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol Glycol ether solvents such as dimethyl ether; Aprotic amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone; Lactone solvents such as γ-butyrolactone; Cyclic ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and naphthalene; saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as n-heptane, n-hexane and n-octane; organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene are mentioned. Among these solvents, glycol ether acetate-based solvents, carbitol acetate-based solvents, glycol ether-based solvents, and ester-based solvents are preferably used in terms of solubility of other components. Among them, the solvent used in the present invention includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, and one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、以上のような溶剤を、当該溶剤を含む色材分散液全量に対して、通常、好ましくは55質量%~95質量%であり、より好ましくは65質量%~90質量%、更に好ましくは70質量%~88質量%の範囲内である。溶剤が少なすぎると、粘度が上昇し、分散性が低下しやすい。また、溶剤が多すぎると、色材濃度が低下し、目標とする色度座標に達成することが困難な場合がある。 The colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention contains the above solvent in an amount of usually preferably 55% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 65% by mass, based on the total amount of the colorant dispersion liquid containing the solvent. to 90% by mass, more preferably 70% to 88% by mass. If the amount of solvent is too small, the viscosity increases and the dispersibility tends to decrease. On the other hand, if the amount of the solvent is too large, the concentration of the coloring material is lowered, and it may be difficult to achieve the target chromaticity coordinates.
<その他の成分>
 本発明に係る色材分散液には、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、更に必要に応じて、分散補助樹脂、その他の成分を配合してもよい。
 分散補助樹脂としては、例えば後述する着色硬化性組成物で例示されるアルカリ可溶性樹脂が挙げられる。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の立体障害によって色材粒子同士が接触しにくくなり、分散安定化することやその分散安定化効果によって分散剤を減らす効果がある場合がある。
 また、その他の成分としては、例えば、濡れ性向上のための界面活性剤、密着性向上のためのシランカップリング剤、消泡剤、ハジキ防止剤、酸化防止剤、凝集防止剤、紫外線吸収剤などが挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
As long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, the colorant dispersion according to the present invention may further contain a dispersion assisting resin and other components, if necessary.
Examples of dispersion-assisting resins include alkali-soluble resins exemplified in the colored curable composition described later. The steric hindrance of the alkali-soluble resin may make it difficult for the colorant particles to come into contact with each other, and may have the effect of stabilizing the dispersion and reducing the amount of the dispersant due to the effect of stabilizing the dispersion.
In addition, other components include, for example, a surfactant for improving wettability, a silane coupling agent for improving adhesion, an antifoaming agent, an anti-cratering agent, an antioxidant, an anti-aggregating agent, and an ultraviolet absorber. etc.
 本発明に係る色材分散液においては、前記下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体において、前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物とが塩を形成していることが、異物発生を抑制する点、分散性及び分散安定性、溶剤再溶解性の点から好ましい。予め、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と塩形成させた塩型重合体を用いない場合であっても、色材分散液中で、前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物とが塩を形成し得る。
 また、本発明に係る色材分散液においては、更に前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が35mgKOH/g以上の重合体を含有し、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が35mgKOH/g以上の重合体において、前記一般式(II)で表される構成単位の末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とが塩を形成していることが、異物発生を抑制する点、分散性及び分散安定性、溶剤再溶解性の点から好ましい。
In the colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention, the polymer having a constitutional unit represented by the general formula (I) below and having an amine value before salt formation of less than 10 mgKOH/g has the general formula (I) Forming a salt with at least part of the acidic group contained in the above nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more suppresses the generation of foreign matter, dispersibility and dispersion stability, solvent It is preferable from the point of re-solubility. Even if a salt-type polymer salt-formed with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more is not used, the acidic group contained in the general formula (I) is added to the colorant dispersion liquid. can form a salt with at least part of and the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more.
Further, the colorant dispersion according to the present invention further contains a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) and having an amine value of 35 mgKOH/g or more before salt formation, and In a polymer having a structural unit represented by formula (VI) and having an amine value of 35 mgKOH/g or more before salt formation, at least one terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by general formula (II) It is preferable that part and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less form a salt from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of foreign matter, dispersibility, dispersion stability, and solvent re-solubility.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、後述する着色硬化性組成物を調製するための予備調製物として用いられる。すなわち、色材分散液とは、後述の着色硬化性組成物を調製する前段階において予備調製される、(組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比の高い色材分散液である。具体的には、(組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比は通常1.0以上である。色材分散液と、後述する各成分とを混合することにより、分散性に優れたれ着色硬化性組成物を調製することができる。 The coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is used as a preliminary preparation for preparing the colored curable composition described later. That is, the colorant dispersion is preliminarily prepared in the stage prior to preparing the colored curable composition described later, (the mass of the colorant component in the composition) / (the solid content other than the colorant component in the composition) It is a coloring material dispersion with a high mass) ratio. Specifically, the ratio (mass of coloring material component in composition)/(mass of solid content other than coloring material component in composition) is usually 1.0 or more. By mixing the colorant dispersion and each component described later, a highly dispersible colored curable composition can be prepared.
<色材分散液の製造方法>
 本発明において、色材分散液の製造方法は、色材と、前記特定の重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、溶剤とを含有し、前記色材が、前記分散剤により、溶剤中に分散された色材分散液が得られる方法であれば特に限定されない。
<Method for Producing Colorant Dispersion>
In the present invention, a method for producing a colorant dispersion comprises a colorant, a dispersant containing the specific polymer, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less. The method is not particularly limited as long as it contains a group-containing compound and a solvent, and the coloring material is dispersed in the solvent by the dispersing agent to obtain a coloring material dispersion.
 本発明に係る色材分散液の製造方法としては、前述のように例えば以下の態様が挙げられる。
i)色材と、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する特定の重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、溶剤とを混合し、色材を分散する。
ii)前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する特定の重合体に、少なくともpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物を予め塩形成させた塩型重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、色材と、溶剤とを混合し、色材を分散する。
iii)前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する特定の重合体に、少なくともpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物を予め塩形成させた塩型重合体と、塩基性分散剤にpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物を予め塩形成させた塩型重合体と含む分散剤と、色材と、溶剤とを混合し、色材を分散する。
iv)色材に、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを予め修飾した修飾色材と、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する特定の重合体を含む分散剤と、溶剤とを混合し、色材を分散する。
As described above, the method for producing the colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes, for example, the following aspects.
i) a dispersant containing a coloring material, a specific polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and a pKa of 4.0 or less and a solvent are mixed to disperse the coloring material.
ii) a dispersant containing a salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt of a specific polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of at least 11.5 or more; , an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a colorant, and a solvent are mixed to disperse the colorant.
iii) a salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt in advance with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of at least 11.5 or more on a specific polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and a basic dispersion; A dispersing agent containing a salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt in advance with an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a coloring material, and a solvent are mixed to disperse the coloring material.
iv) a modified coloring material obtained by modifying the coloring material in advance with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less; A dispersing agent containing a specific polymer having a structural unit with a solvent is mixed with a solvent to disperse the coloring material.
 上記製造方法において色材は、従来公知の分散機を用いて分散することができる。
 分散機の具体例としては、2本ロール、3本ロール等のロールミル、ボールミル、振動ボールミル等のボールミル、ペイントコンディショナー、連続ディスク型ビーズミル、連続アニュラー型ビーズミル等のビーズミルが挙げられる。ビーズミルの好ましい分散条件として、使用するビーズ径は0.03~3.0mmが好ましく、より好ましくは0.05~2.0mmである。
In the above production method, the colorant can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
Specific examples of the disperser include roll mills such as two-roll and three-roll roll mills, ball mills such as ball mills and vibrating ball mills, bead mills such as paint conditioners, continuous disk-type bead mills, and continuous annular-type bead mills. As preferable dispersing conditions for the bead mill, the diameter of the beads used is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mm.
 具体的には、ビーズ径が比較的大きめな2.0mmジルコニアビーズで予備分散を行い、更にビーズ径が比較的小さめな0.1mmジルコニアビーズで本分散することが挙げられる。また、分散後、0.5~2μmのフィルターで濾過することが好ましい。 Specifically, pre-dispersion is performed with 2.0 mm zirconia beads with a relatively large bead diameter, and main dispersion is performed with 0.1 mm zirconia beads with a relatively small bead diameter. Moreover, after dispersion, it is preferable to filter through a filter of 0.5 to 2 μm.
<用途>
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上し、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能な色材分散液であり、本発明に係る修飾色材は、加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上した色材であることから、中でもカラーフィルタ用途に好適に用いることができる。
 また、本発明に係る色材分散液、及び修飾色材は、感光性成分が不要な着色樹脂組成物、又は熱硬化性着色樹脂組成物にも用いることができる。
 本発明に係る色材分散液、及び修飾色材は、微細な色材の優れた分散安定性が要求されている様々な用途に用いられ、インクジェット用インクや印刷用インク、筆記用具、化粧品等にも用いられる。
<Application>
The coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is a coloring material dispersion liquid capable of forming a coating film in which chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, luminance is improved, and foreign matter generation is suppressed. Since the material is a coloring material with suppressed chromaticity change upon heating and improved brightness, it can be suitably used for color filters.
Moreover, the colorant dispersion liquid and the modified colorant according to the present invention can also be used for a colored resin composition or a thermosetting colored resin composition that does not require a photosensitive component.
The colorant dispersion and the modified colorant according to the present invention are used in various applications that require excellent dispersion stability of fine colorants, such as inkjet inks, printing inks, writing utensils, and cosmetics. Also used for
II.着色硬化性組成物
 本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、前記本発明に係る色材分散液と、重合性化合物と、開始剤とを含有することを特徴とする。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、前記本発明に係る色材分散液を用いることにより、加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上し、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能である。
II. Colored Curable Composition The colored curable composition according to the present invention is characterized by containing the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention, a polymerizable compound, and an initiator.
By using the colorant dispersion according to the present invention, the colored curable composition of the present invention can form a coating film in which the chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, the brightness is improved, and the generation of foreign matter is suppressed. is.
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、色材と、分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、溶剤とを少なくとも含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。以下、本発明の着色硬化性組成物に含まれる各成分について説明するが、色材と、分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、溶剤については、上記本発明に係る色材分散液において説明したものと同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 The colored curable composition of the present invention comprises a coloring material, a dispersant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, a polymerizable compound, It contains at least an initiator and a solvent, and may contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Hereinafter, each component contained in the colored curable composition of the present invention will be described. The group-containing compound and the solvent are the same as those described for the colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention, and thus descriptions thereof are omitted here.
<重合性化合物>
 重合性化合物は、後述する開始剤によって重合可能なものであれば、特に限定されず、例えば、光重合性化合物や熱重合性化合物を用いることができる。熱重合性化合物としては、分子内に、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、水酸基、グリシジル基、イソシアネート基、及びアルコキシル基等の熱重合性官能基を有する化合物を用いることができる。また、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を、熱ラジカル重合開始剤と組み合わせて用いることにより、熱重合性化合物として用いることもできる。重合性化合物としては、中でも、フォトリソグラフィ法によって既存のプロセスを用いて簡便にパターンを形成できる点から、後述する光開始剤により重合可能な光重合性化合物が好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
The polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by an initiator described later, and for example, a photopolymerizable compound or a thermally polymerizable compound can be used. As the thermally polymerizable compound, a compound having a thermally polymerizable functional group such as a carboxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, hydroxyl group, glycidyl group, isocyanate group, and alkoxyl group in the molecule can be used. A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group can also be used as a thermally polymerizable compound by using it in combination with a thermal radical polymerization initiator. As the polymerizable compound, a photopolymerizable compound that can be polymerized by a photoinitiator, which will be described later, is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by photolithography using an existing process.
 着色硬化性組成物において用いられる光重合性化合物は、後述する光開始剤によって重合可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、通常、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を2つ以上有する化合物が用いられ、特にアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を2つ以上有する、多官能(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。
 このような多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いればよい。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
The photopolymerizable compound used in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator described later, and usually a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds. Polyfunctional (meth)acrylates having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups are particularly preferred.
Such a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate may be appropriately selected from among conventionally known ones and used. Specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
 これらの光重合性化合物は1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、本発明の着色硬化性組成物に優れた光硬化性(高感度)が要求される場合には、光重合性化合物が、重合可能な二重結合を3つ(三官能)以上有するものであるものが好ましく、3価以上の多価アルコールのポリ(メタ)アクリレート類やそれらのジカルボン酸変性物が好ましく、具体的には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等が好ましい。 These photopolymerizable compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, when excellent photocurability (high sensitivity) is required for the colored curable composition of the present invention, the photopolymerizable compound has three (trifunctional) or more polymerizable double bonds. is preferred, and poly (meth) acrylates of trihydric or higher polyhydric alcohols and dicarboxylic acid-modified products thereof are preferred. Specifically, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) Acrylate, succinic acid-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate Succinic acid-modified products, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate and the like are preferred.
 着色硬化性組成物中の重合性化合物の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは5質量%~60質量%であり、より好ましくは10質量%~50質量%であり、更に好ましくは20質量%~40質量%である。重合性化合物の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、硬化不良を抑制できるので、露光した部分が現像時に溶出することを抑制でき、また重合性化合物の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、現像不良を抑制でき、また熱収縮を抑制できるので、着色層の表面全体に微小な皺が生じにくい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the colored curable composition is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. %, more preferably 20% by mass to 40% by mass. When the content of the polymerizable compound is at least the above lower limit, poor curing can be suppressed, so that the exposed portion can be suppressed from eluting during development, and the content of the polymerizable compound is at most the above upper limit. , development defects can be suppressed, and heat shrinkage can be suppressed, so fine wrinkles are less likely to occur on the entire surface of the colored layer.
<開始剤>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物において用いられる開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、従来知られている各種開始剤の中から、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。開始剤としては、例えば、熱重合開始剤や光重合開始剤等の重合開始剤が挙げられ、具体的には、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
<Initiator>
The initiator used in the colored curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be used alone or in combination of two or more of conventionally known various initiators. Examples of the initiator include polymerization initiators such as thermal polymerization initiators and photopolymerization initiators, and specific examples thereof include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
 光開始剤としては、芳香族ケトン類、ベンゾインエーテル類、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、α-アミノケトン、ビイミダゾール類、N,N-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン、ハロメチル-S-トリアジン系化合物、チオキサントン等を挙げることができる。光開始剤の具体例としては、ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビスジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン、4-メトキシ-4’-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン等の芳香族ケトン類、ベンゾインメチルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテル類、エチルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-フェニルイミダゾール2量体等のビイミダゾール類、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(p-メトキシスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール等のハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、2-(4-ブトキシ-ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス-トリクロロメチル-S-トリアジン等のハロメチル-S-トリアジン系化合物、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン、2-メチル-1-〔4-(メチルチオ)フェニル〕-2-モルフォリノプロパノン、1,2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニルケトン、ベンジル、ベンゾイル安息香酸、ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、ベンジルメチルケタール、ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、2-n-ブトキシエチル-4-ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、4-ベンゾイル-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニルケトン、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン、α-ジメトキシ-α-フェニルアセトフェノン、フェニルビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フォスフィンオキサイド、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-(4-モルフォリニル)-1-プロパノン、1-(9,9-ジブチル-9H-フルオレン-2-イル)-2-メチル-2-(4-モルフォリニル)-1-プロパノンなどが挙げられる。
 中でも、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、ジエチルチオキサントンが好ましく用いられる。更に2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オンのようなα-アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤とジエチルチオキサントンのようなチオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが感度調整、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から好ましい。
 α-アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤とチオキサントン系開始剤を用いる場合のこれらの合計含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは5質量%~15質量%である。開始剤量が15質量%以下だと製造プロセス中の昇華物が低減するため好ましい。開始剤量が5質量%以上であると水染み等、現像耐性が向上する点から好ましい。
Examples of photoinitiators include aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, α-aminoketones, biimidazoles, N,N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds, thioxanthone, and the like. be able to. Specific examples of photoinitiators include aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, 4,4′-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzophenone, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, and ethylbenzoin. benzoin, biimidazoles such as 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-phenylimidazole dimer, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(p-methoxystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole and the like halomethyloxadiazole compounds, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds such as 2-(4-butoxy-naphth-1-yl)-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-triazine, 2,2-dimethoxy-1 , 2-diphenylethan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropanone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl )-butanone-1,1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, benzyl, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, benzyl methyl ketal, dimethylaminobenzoate, p-dimethylaminobenzoate isoamyl acid, 2-n-butoxyethyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 4-benzoyl-methyldiphenylsulfide, 1-hydroxy- Cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl ]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, α-dimethoxy-α-phenylacetophenone, phenylbis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphine oxide, 2-methyl-1- [4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-(4-morpholinyl)-1-propanone, 1-(9,9-dibutyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-2-methyl-2-(4-morpholinyl) -1-propanone and the like.
Among them, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1- Butanone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone and diethylthioxanthone are preferably used. Furthermore, combining an α-aminoacetophenone initiator such as 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one with a thioxanthone initiator such as diethylthioxanthone can improve sensitivity. It is preferable from the viewpoint of adjustment, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance.
When using an α-aminoacetophenone-based initiator and a thioxanthone-based initiator, the total content thereof is, for example, preferably 5% by mass to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. If the amount of initiator is 15% by mass or less, sublimation during the production process is reduced, which is preferable. When the amount of the initiator is 5% by mass or more, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving resistance to development such as water staining.
 本発明において、光開始剤は、中でも、感度を向上させることができる点から、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を含むことが好ましい。また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることにより、細線パターンを形成する際に、面内の線幅のばらつきが抑制され易い。更に、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることにより、残膜率が向上し、水染み発生抑制効果が高くなる傾向がある。
 当該オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、分解物による着色硬化性組成物の汚染や装置の汚染を低減する点から、中でも、芳香環を有するものが好ましく、芳香環を含む縮合環を有するものがより好ましく、ベンゼン環とヘテロ環を含む縮合環を有することがさらに好ましい。
 オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、1,2-オクタジオン-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-、2-(o-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2001-233842号公報、特表2010-527339、特表2010-527338、特開2013-041153等に記載のオキシムエステル系光開始剤の中から適宜選択できる。市販品として、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するイルガキュアOXE-01、アデカアークルズNCI-930、TR-PBG-345、カルバゾール骨格を有するTR-PBG-304、フルオレン骨格を有するイルガキュアOXE-02、アデカアークルズNCI-831、TR-PBG-365、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するTR-PBG-3057(以上、常州強力電子新材料社製)などを用いても良い。特にジフェニルスルフィド骨格又はフルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが輝度の点から好ましい。またカルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが感度の高い点から好ましい。
In the present invention, the photoinitiator preferably contains an oxime ester photoinitiator, among others, from the viewpoint of being able to improve the sensitivity. In addition, by using an oxime ester-based photoinitiator, in-plane variations in line width can be easily suppressed when a fine line pattern is formed. Furthermore, the use of an oxime ester-based photoinitiator tends to improve the residual film rate and enhance the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains.
As the oxime ester photoinitiator, from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored curable composition and contamination of the device due to decomposition products, among them, those having an aromatic ring are preferable, and those having a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring are preferable. More preferably, it has a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
Oxime ester photoinitiators include 1,2-octadione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-(o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl benzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-,1-(o-acetyloxime), JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP-A-2013-041153 and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE-01 having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, Adeka Arcules NCI-930, TR-PBG-345, TR-PBG-304 having a carbazole skeleton, Irgacure OXE-02 having a fluorene skeleton, and Adeka Arcules NCI. -831, TR-PBG-365, TR-PBG-3057 having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton (manufactured by Changzhou Tenryu Electric New Materials Co., Ltd.), and the like may also be used. In particular, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of brightness. Moreover, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
 また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤を組み合わせて用いることが、水染みを抑制し、また、感度向上の点から、好ましい。3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤は、分子内に酸素クエンチャーである3級アミン構造を有するため、開始剤から発生したラジカルが酸素により失活し難く、感度を向上させることができるからである。上記3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(例えばイルガキュア907、BASF社製)、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン(例えばイルガキュア369、BASF社製)、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン(例えば、ハイキュアABP、川口薬品製)などが挙げられる。
 また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、チオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが感度調整、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から好ましく、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を2種類以上と、チオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが輝度、残膜率が向上し、感度調整をしやすく、水染み発生抑制効果が高く、現像耐性が向上する点で好ましい。
Moreover, it is preferable to use the oxime ester photoinitiator in combination with a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure from the viewpoint of suppressing water staining and improving sensitivity. A photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure, which is an oxygen quencher, in the molecule, so that radicals generated from the initiator are less likely to be deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. be. Commercially available photoinitiators having a tertiary amine structure include, for example, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (eg Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
In addition, it is preferable to combine an oxime ester photoinitiator with a thioxanthone initiator from the viewpoint of adjusting sensitivity, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance. Combining an initiator is preferable in that the brightness and film remaining rate are improved, the sensitivity is easily adjusted, the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains is high, and the development resistance is improved.
 着色硬化性組成物中の開始剤の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは0.1質量%~15質量%であり、より好ましくは1質量%~10質量%である。開始剤の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、十分に硬化が進みやすく、また開始剤の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、副反応を抑制でき、経時安定性を維持することができる。 The content of the initiator in the colored curable composition is, for example, preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % by mass. When the content of the initiator is at least the above lower limit, curing proceeds sufficiently, and when the content of the initiator is at most the above upper limit, side reactions can be suppressed and stability over time can be maintained. can.
<その他の成分>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物には、必要に応じて、アルカリ可溶性樹脂等のポリマー、酸化防止剤、更に各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。
<Other ingredients>
If necessary, the colored curable composition of the present invention may contain a polymer such as an alkali-soluble resin, an antioxidant, and various additives.
(ポリマー)
 ポリマーとしては、着色層を形成する際にフォトリソグラフィ工程を用いる場合には、アルカリ現像液に可溶性のあるアルカリ可溶性樹脂が好適に用いられる。本発明においては、分散剤が酸性基を有することからアルカリ可溶性樹脂としても機能し得るため、フォトリソグラフィ工程を用いる場合にも、前記分散剤とは異なるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は必須成分ではない。
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、アルカリ可溶性を調整し易い点から、前記分散剤とは異なるアルカリ可溶性樹脂を更に含有することが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は酸性基を有するものであり、バインダー樹脂として作用し、かつパターン形成する際に用いられるアルカリ現像液に可溶性である限り、適宜選択して使用することができる。
 本発明において、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とは、酸価が30mgKOH/g以上であることを目安にすることができる。
(polymer)
As the polymer, when a photolithography process is used to form the colored layer, an alkali-soluble resin that is soluble in an alkali developer is preferably used. In the present invention, since the dispersant has an acidic group, it can also function as an alkali-soluble resin. Therefore, even when a photolithography process is used, an alkali-soluble resin different from the dispersant is not an essential component.
In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, it is preferable to further contain an alkali-soluble resin different from the dispersant from the viewpoint of facilitating adjustment of the alkali-solubility.
The alkali-soluble resin has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected and used as long as it acts as a binder resin and is soluble in the alkali developer used for pattern formation.
In the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin can be defined as having an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、従来公知のアルカリ可溶性樹脂を適宜選択して用いることができ、例えば、WO2016/104493号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂を適宜選択して用いることができる。
 本発明における好ましいアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸性基、通常カルボキシ基を有する樹脂であり、具体的には、カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂、カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの中で特に好ましいものは、側鎖にカルボキシ基を有するとともに、さらに側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基等の光重合性官能基を有するものである。光重合性官能基を含有することにより形成される硬化膜の膜強度が向上するからである。また、これらアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂、並びにエポキシアクリレート樹脂は、2種以上混合して使用してもよい。
As the alkali-soluble resin, a conventionally known alkali-soluble resin can be appropriately selected and used. For example, an alkali-soluble resin described in WO2016/104493 can be appropriately selected and used.
A preferable alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having an acidic group, usually a carboxy group. resins, epoxy (meth)acrylate resins having a carboxyl group, and the like. Among these, particularly preferred are those having a carboxy group in the side chain and a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by containing the photopolymerizable functional group is improved. Two or more of these acrylic copolymers, acrylic resins such as styrene-acrylic copolymers, and epoxy acrylate resins may be used in combination.
 着色硬化性組成物において用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、特に制限はないが、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは1質量%~60質量%、より好ましくは5質量%~40質量%の範囲内である。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、充分なアルカリ現像性が得られやすく、また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、現像時に膜荒れやパターンの欠けを抑制しやすい。
 なお、本発明において固形分は、溶剤以外のもの全てであり、溶剤中に溶解しているモノマー等も含まれる。
The content of the alkali-soluble resin used in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. It is in the range of mass % to 40 mass %. When the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above lower limit value, sufficient alkali developability is easily obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at most the above upper limit value, film roughness and pattern chipping occur during development. is easy to suppress.
In the present invention, the solid content includes all substances other than the solvent, including monomers and the like dissolved in the solvent.
 また、本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、前記ポリマーとして、例えば、フェノール樹脂、尿素樹脂、ジアリルフタレート樹脂、メラミン樹脂、グアナミン樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、アミノアルキッド樹脂、メラミン-尿素共縮合樹脂、ケイ素樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂等の熱硬化性ポリマーを含有していてもよい。 Further, the colored curable composition according to the present invention includes, as the polymer, for example, a phenol resin, a urea resin, a diallyl phthalate resin, a melamine resin, a guanamine resin, an unsaturated polyester resin, a polyurethane resin, an epoxy resin, an aminoalkyd resin, Thermosetting polymers such as melamine-urea cocondensation resins, silicon resins, and polysiloxane resins may also be contained.
 なお、前記ポリマーは、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 着色硬化性組成物中のポリマーの含有量は、特に限定はされないが、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは1質量%~60質量%であり、より好ましくは5質量%~50質量%である。ポリマーの含有量が上記下限値以上であると、膜強度の低下を抑制しやすく、またポリマーの含有量が上記上限値以下であると、ポリマー以外の成分を十分に含有させることができる。
In addition, the said polymer may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
The content of the polymer in the colored curable composition is not particularly limited, but is, for example, preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % to 50% by mass. When the polymer content is at least the above lower limit, it is easy to suppress a decrease in film strength, and when the polymer content is at most the above upper limit, components other than the polymer can be sufficiently contained.
(酸化防止剤)
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、更に酸化防止剤を含有することが、耐熱性が向上し、色材の退色が抑制され、輝度が向上する点から好ましい。酸化防止剤は従来公知のものの中から適宜選択すればよい。酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジン系酸化防止剤等が挙げられ、耐熱性の点から、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤を用いることが好ましい。国際公開第2014/021023号に記載されているような潜在性酸化防止剤であっても良い。
(Antioxidant)
It is preferable that the colored curable composition of the present invention further contains an antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance, suppressing discoloration of the coloring material, and improving luminance. The antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples of antioxidants include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, hydrazine-based antioxidants, and the like. From this point of view, it is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant. It may also be a latent antioxidant as described in WO 2014/021023.
 ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤としては、例えば、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)イソシアヌレート(商品名:イルガノックス3114、BASF製)、2,4,6-トリス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルベンジル)メシチレン(商品名:イルガノックス1330、BASF製)、2,2’-メチレンビス(6-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:スミライザーMDP-S、住友化学製)、6,6’-チオビス(2-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:イルガノックス1081、BASF製)、3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジルホスホン酸ジエチル(商品名:イルガモド195、BASF製)等が挙げられる。中でも、耐熱性及び耐光性の点から、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)が好ましい。 Hindered phenol-based antioxidants include, for example, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-tris(4-hydroxy-3 ,5-di-tert-butylbenzyl)mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 2,2′-methylenebis(6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilizer MDP-S, Sumitomo Chemical), 6,6′-thiobis(2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylphosphone and diethyl acid (trade name: Irgamod 195, manufactured by BASF). Among them, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. .
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と、酸化防止剤とを組み合わせて含有すると、相乗効果で輝度が向上する点、マスク線幅の設計通りに細線パターンを形成する能力が向上する点から好ましい。 When the colored curable composition of the present invention contains the oxime ester photoinitiator and an antioxidant in combination, the synergistic effect improves the brightness and forms a fine line pattern as designed for the mask line width. It is preferable from the point of improving the ability.
 酸化防止剤の含有量としては、特に限定されないが、着色硬化性組成物中の固形分全量に対して、通常、好ましくは0.1質量%~10.0質量%であり、より好ましくは0.5質量%~5.0質量%である。上記下限値以上であれば、耐熱性及び耐光性に優れやすい。一方、上記上限値以下であれば、本発明の着色硬化性組成物を高感度の感光性樹脂組成物としやすい。 The content of the antioxidant is not particularly limited, but is usually preferably 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0, based on the total solid content in the colored curable composition. 0.5 mass % to 5.0 mass %. If it is at least the above lower limit, it tends to be excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, if it is the above upper limit or less, the colored curable composition of the present invention is likely to be a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
 酸化防止剤を前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と組み合わせて用いる場合、酸化防止剤の含有量としては、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤の合計量100質量部に対して、酸化防止剤が、通常好ましくは1質量部~250質量部であり、より好ましくは3質量部~80質量部であり、更に好ましくは5質量部~45質量部である。上記範囲内であれば、上記組み合わせの効果に優れている。 When an antioxidant is used in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator, the content of the antioxidant is usually preferably an antioxidant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the oxime ester photoinitiator. is 1 to 250 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 80 parts by mass, still more preferably 5 to 45 parts by mass. Within the above range, the effect of the above combination is excellent.
(各種添加剤)
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物には、各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。
 添加剤としては、例えば、重合停止剤、連鎖移動剤、レベリング剤、可塑剤、界面活性剤、消泡剤、シランカップリング剤、紫外線吸収剤、密着促進剤等などが挙げられる。
 界面活性剤及び可塑剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものが挙げられる。
(Various additives)
The colored curable composition of the present invention may contain various additives.
Examples of additives include polymerization terminators, chain transfer agents, leveling agents, plasticizers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, silane coupling agents, ultraviolet absorbers, adhesion promoters, and the like.
Specific examples of surfactants and plasticizers include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
 またシランカップリング剤としては、例えばKBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBM573、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-303、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-9007、X-12-967C(信越シリコーン社製)などが挙げられる。中でもSiN基板の密着性の点からメタクリル基、アクリル基を有するKBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103が好ましい。 Examples of silane coupling agents include KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBM573, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403 , KBM-303, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-9007, X-12-967C (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) and the like. Among them, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503 and KBM-5103 having a methacrylic group or an acrylic group are preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion to SiN substrates.
 シランカップリング剤の含有量としては、着色硬化性組成物中の固形分全量に対して、シランカップリング剤が0.05質量%以上10.0質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.1質量%以上5.0質量%以下であることがより好ましい。上記下限値以上、上記上限値以下であれば、基材密着性に優れている。 As the content of the silane coupling agent, the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.05% by mass or more and 10.0% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content in the colored curable composition, and 0.1 More preferably, the content is not less than 5.0% by mass and not more than 5.0% by mass. If it is more than the said lower limit and below the said upper limit, it is excellent in base-material adhesion.
<着色硬化性組成物における各成分の配合割合>
 色材の合計の含有量は、特に限定されないが、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは3質量%~65質量%、より好ましくは4質量%~60質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、着色硬化性組成物を所定の膜厚(通常は1.0~5.0μm)に塗布した際の着色層が充分な色濃度を有しやすい。また、上記上限値以下であれば、保存安定性に優れると共に、充分な硬度や、基板との密着性を有する着色層を得やすい。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、色材の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは15質量%~75質量%、より好ましくは25質量%~70質量%の範囲内であってよい。
 また、分散剤の含有量としては、色材を均一に分散することができるものであれば特に限定されるものではないが、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは1質量%~40質量%であり、より好ましくは2質量%~30質量%であり、更に好ましくは3質量%~25質量%である。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、着色硬化性組成物の保存安定性により優れやすい。また、上記上限値以下であれば、アルカリ現像性が良好になりやすい。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、分散剤の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、例えば好ましくは2質量%~25質量%、より好ましくは3質量%~20質量%である。
 また、溶剤の含有量は、着色層を精度良く形成することができる範囲で適宜設定すればよい。該溶剤を含む着色硬化性組成物の全量に対して、例えば好ましくは55質量%~95質量%であり、より好ましくは65質量%~88質量%の範囲内である。上記溶剤の含有量が、上記範囲内であることにより、塗布性に優れたものとすることができる。
<Ratio of each component in the colored curable composition>
The total content of the coloring material is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 3% to 65% by mass, more preferably 4% to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. is within. If it is at least the above lower limit, the colored layer tends to have a sufficient color density when the colored curable composition is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 to 5.0 μm). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, it will be easy to obtain a coloring layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board|substrate. Particularly when forming a colored layer having a high colorant concentration, the content of the colorant is, for example, preferably 15% by mass to 75% by mass, more preferably 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % to 70% by weight.
Further, the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the coloring material. % to 40% by mass, more preferably 2% to 30% by mass, and even more preferably 3% to 25% by mass. When it is at least the above lower limit, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the colored curable composition tends to be excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, alkali developability will become favorable easily. Especially when forming a colored layer having a high colorant concentration, the content of the dispersant is, for example, preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored curable composition. % to 20% by mass.
Moreover, the content of the solvent may be set as appropriate within a range that allows the colored layer to be formed with high accuracy. For example, it is preferably 55% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 65% by mass to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the colored curable composition containing the solvent. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, excellent applicability can be obtained.
<着色硬化性組成物の製造方法>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物の製造方法は特に限定されず、例えば、前記本発明に係る色材分散液に、重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、必要に応じてアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、その他の成分を添加し、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより得ることができる。
<Method for producing colored curable composition>
The method for producing the colored curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. can be obtained by adding the components of and mixing using a known mixing means.
<用途>
 本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上し、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能であることから、中でもカラーフィルタ用途に好適に用いることができる。
 本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、微細な色材の優れた分散安定性が要求されている様々な用途に用いられ、インクジェット用インクや印刷用インクにも用いられる。
<Application>
The colored curable composition according to the present invention suppresses the chromaticity change during heating, improves the brightness, and can form a coating film in which the generation of foreign matter is suppressed. Therefore, it is particularly suitable for use in color filters. be able to.
The colored curable composition according to the present invention is used for various applications requiring excellent dispersion stability of fine colorants, and is also used for inkjet inks and printing inks.
III.カラーフィルタ
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物の硬化物である。
III. Color filter The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is the colored curable composition according to the present invention. is a cured product of
 このような本発明に係るカラーフィルタについて、図を参照しながら説明する。図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略断面図である。図1によれば、本発明のカラーフィルタ10は、基板1と、遮光部2と、着色層3とを有している。 Such a color filter according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding portion 2 and a colored layer 3. As shown in FIG.
<着色層>
 本発明のカラーフィルタに用いられる着色層は、少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物の硬化物である着色層である。
 着色層は、通常、後述する基板上の遮光部の開口部に形成され、通常3色以上の着色パターンから構成される。
 また、当該着色層の配列としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ型、モザイク型、トライアングル型、4画素配置型等の一般的な配列とすることができる。また、着色層の幅、面積等は任意に設定することができる。
 当該着色層の厚みは、塗布方法、着色硬化性組成物の固形分濃度や粘度等を調整することにより、適宜制御されるが、通常、1~5μmの範囲であることが好ましい。
<Colored layer>
At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer that is a cured product of the colored curable composition of the present invention.
The colored layer is usually formed in the opening of the light shielding part on the substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of colored patterns of three or more colors.
The arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and may be a general arrangement such as a stripe type, mosaic type, triangle type, four-pixel arrangement type, or the like. Moreover, the width, area, etc. of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.
The thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration and viscosity of the colored curable composition, and is preferably in the range of 1 to 5 μm.
 当該着色層は、例えば、下記の方法により形成することができる。
 まず、前述した本発明の着色硬化性組成物を、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法などの塗布手段を用いて後述する基板上に塗布して、ウェット塗膜を形成させる。なかでもスピンコート法、ダイコート法を好ましく用いることができる。
 次いで、ホットプレートやオーブンなどを用いて、該ウェット塗膜を乾燥させたのち、これに、所定のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、アルカリ可溶性樹脂及び多官能モノマー等を光重合反応させて硬化塗膜とする。露光に使用される光源としては、例えば低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプなどの紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。露光量は、使用する光源や塗膜の厚みなどによって適宜調整される。
 また、露光後に重合反応を促進させるために、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件は、使用する着色硬化性組成物中の各成分の配合割合や、塗膜の厚み等によって適宜選択される。
The colored layer can be formed, for example, by the following method.
First, the colored curable composition of the present invention described above is applied onto a substrate described later using a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method. to form a wet coating. Among them, the spin coating method and the die coating method can be preferably used.
Next, after drying the wet coating film using a hot plate, oven, etc., it is exposed through a mask of a predetermined pattern to photopolymerize the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer, etc. to cure. It is used as a coating film. Light sources used for exposure include, for example, ultraviolet light from low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, electron beams, and the like. The amount of exposure is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
Moreover, in order to accelerate the polymerization reaction after exposure, heat treatment may be performed. The heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the mixing ratio of each component in the colored curable composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
 次に、現像液を用いて現像処理し、未露光部分を溶解、除去することにより、所望のパターンで塗膜が形成される。現像液としては、通常、水や水溶性溶剤にアルカリを溶解させた溶液が用いられる。このアルカリ溶液には、界面活性剤などを適量添加してもよい。また、現像方法は一般的な方法を採用することができる。
 現像処理後は、通常、現像液の洗浄、着色硬化性組成物の硬化塗膜の乾燥が行われ、着色層が形成される。なお、現像処理後に、塗膜を十分に硬化させるために加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件としては特に限定はなく、塗膜の用途に応じて適宜選択される。
Next, a coating film is formed in a desired pattern by developing with a developer to dissolve and remove the unexposed portions. As the developer, a solution obtained by dissolving an alkali in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution. Moreover, a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
After the development processing, the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the colored curable composition is dried to form a colored layer. In addition, you may heat-process in order to fully harden a coating film after development processing. The heating conditions are not particularly limited, and are appropriately selected according to the application of the coating film.
<遮光部>
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける遮光部は、後述する基板上にパターン状に形成されるものであって、一般的なカラーフィルタに遮光部として用いられるものと同様とすることができる。
 当該遮光部のパターン形状としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ状、マトリクス状等の形状が挙げられる。遮光部は、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等によるクロム等の金属薄膜であっても良い。或いは、遮光部は、樹脂バインダー中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層であってもよい。遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層の場合には、感光性レジストを用いて現像によりパターニングする方法、遮光性粒子を含有するインクジェットインクを用いてパターニングする方法、感光性レジストを熱転写する方法等がある。
<Light shielding part>
The light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as those used as light-shielding portions in general color filters.
The pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape, a matrix shape, and the like. The light shielding portion may be a metal thin film of chromium or the like formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like. Alternatively, the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, or organic pigments in a resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring a photosensitive resist, and the like can be used. be.
 遮光部の膜厚としては、金属薄膜の場合は0.2~0.4μm程度で設定され、黒色顔料をバインダー樹脂中に分散又は溶解させたものである場合は0.5~2μm程度で設定される。 The film thickness of the light-shielding portion is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 μm in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 μm in the case of a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. be done.
<基板>
 基板としては、後述する透明基板、シリコン基板、及び、透明基板又はシリコン基板上にアルミニウム、銀、銀/銅/パラジウム合金薄膜などを形成したものが用いられる。これらの基板上には、別のカラーフィルタ層、樹脂層、TFT等のトランジスタ、回路等が形成されていてもよい。
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける透明基板としては、可視光に対して透明な基材であればよく、特に限定されず、一般的なカラーフィルタに用いられる透明基板を使用することができる。具体的には、石英ガラス、無アルカリガラス、合成石英板等の可撓性のない透明なリジッド材、あるいは、透明樹脂フィルム、光学用樹脂板、フレキシブルガラス等の可撓性を有する透明なフレキシブル材が挙げられる。
 当該透明基板の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のカラーフィルタの用途に応じて、例えば100μm~1mm程度のものを使用することができる。
 なお、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記基板、遮光部及び着色層以外にも、例えば、オーバーコート層や透明電極層、さらには配向膜や柱状スペーサ等が形成されたものであってもよい。
<Substrate>
As the substrate, a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate on which an aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed are used. Other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, circuits, and the like may be formed on these substrates.
The transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent to visible light, and transparent substrates used in general color filters can be used. Specifically, transparent rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glass. material.
Although the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, a thickness of about 100 μm to 1 mm, for example, can be used depending on the application of the color filter of the present invention.
The color filter of the present invention may be formed with, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, columnar spacers, etc., in addition to the above substrate, light shielding portion and colored layer.
IV.表示装置
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする。本発明において表示装置の構成は特に限定されず、従来公知の表示装置の中から適宜選択することができ、例えば、液晶表示装置や、有機発光表示装置などが挙げられる。
IV. Display Device A display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention. In the present invention, the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device.
[液晶表示装置]
 本発明の液晶表示装置としては、例えば、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有する液晶表示装置が挙げられる。
 このような本発明の液晶表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図2に例示するように本発明の液晶表示装置40は、カラーフィルタ10と、TFTアレイ基板等を有する対向基板20と、上記カラーフィルタ10と上記対向基板20との間に形成された液晶層30とを有している。
 なお、本発明の液晶表示装置は、この図2に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた液晶表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
[Liquid crystal display device]
Examples of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include a liquid crystal display device having the above-described color filter according to the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate. .
Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 2, a liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and may have a known configuration as a liquid crystal display device generally using color filters.
 本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式としては、特に限定はなく一般的に液晶表示装置に用いられている駆動方式を採用することができる。このような駆動方式としては、例えば、TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式、及びMVA方式等を挙げることができる。本発明においてはこれらのいずれの方式であっても好適に用いることができる。
 また、対向基板としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができる。
 さらに、液晶層を構成する液晶としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて、誘電異方性の異なる各種液晶、及びこれらの混合物を用いることができる。
The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for liquid crystal display devices can be adopted. Examples of such driving methods include the TN method, IPS method, OCB method, and MVA method. Any of these methods can be suitably used in the present invention.
Also, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
Further, as the liquid crystal forming the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
 液晶層の形成方法としては、一般に液晶セルの作製方法として用いられる方法を使用することができ、例えば、真空注入方式や液晶滴下方式等が挙げられる。前記方法によって液晶層を形成後、液晶セルを常温まで徐冷することにより、封入された液晶を配向させることができる。 As a method for forming the liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After the liquid crystal layer is formed by the above method, the liquid crystal cell is gradually cooled to room temperature, thereby aligning the enclosed liquid crystal.
[有機発光表示装置]
 本発明の有機発光表示装置としては、例えば、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有する有機発光表示装置が挙げられる。
 このような本発明の有機発光表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図3に例示するように本発明の有機発光表示装置100は、カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80とを有している。カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80との間に、有機保護層50や無機酸化膜60を有していても良い。
[Organic Light Emitting Display Device]
Examples of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention include an organic light-emitting display device having the above-described color filter according to the present invention and an organic light-emitting material.
The organic light-emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the organic light-emitting display device 100 of the present invention has a color filter 10 and an organic light-emitting body 80. As shown in FIG. An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80 .
 有機発光体80の積層方法としては、例えば、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体80を無機酸化膜60上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。有機発光体80における、透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76、その他の構成は、公知のものを適宜用いることができる。このようにして作製された有機発光表示装置100は、例えば、パッシブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにもアクティブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにも適用可能である。
 なお、本発明の有機発光表示装置は、この図3に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた有機発光表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
As a lamination method of the organic light emitter 80, for example, a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. method, and a method of bonding the organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 60, and the like. As for the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other structures in the organic light emitter 80, known structures can be appropriately used. The organic light-emitting display device 100 manufactured in this way can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
The organic light-emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may have a known configuration as an organic light-emitting display device generally using color filters.
 以下、本発明について実施例を示して具体的に説明する。これらの記載により本発明を制限するものではない。
 塩形成前のグラフト共重合体及びブロック共重合体の酸価及びアミン価は、前述の本発明の明細書に記載した測定方法に従って求めた。
 グラフト共重合体及びブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)、及びMw/Mnは、前述の本発明の明細書に記載した測定方法に従って、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)により標準ポリスチレン換算値として求めた。
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to Examples. These descriptions do not limit the invention.
The acid value and amine value of the graft copolymer and block copolymer before salt formation were determined according to the measurement methods described in the specification of the present invention.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and Mw/Mn of the graft copolymer and block copolymer are standard polystyrene conversion values by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) according to the measurement method described in the specification of the present invention. I asked as
 塩形成後のグラフト共重合体及びブロック共重合体(以下塩型共重合体という場合がある)の酸価は、下記のように算出することにより求めた。
 まず、前述の方法により、塩形成前の共重合体の酸価を求める。併せて、塩形成前の塩基性化合物の1H-NMRスペクトルを、核磁気共鳴装置を用いて測定する。次に、塩形成後の塩型共重合体及び塩基性化合物の混合物の1H-NMRスペクトルを、核磁気共鳴装置を用いて測定する。それぞれ得られたスペクトルデータのうち、塩形成前後の塩基性化合物の塩形成結合部において、塩形成されていない塩形成結合部近傍の水素原子ピークの積分値の比率より、塩型共重合体の、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の酸性基部位に対する、塩基性化合物の反応率を測定する。前記塩基性化合物が塩形成した一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の酸性基部位は、酸価が0になったとして、(JIS K 0070:1992に記載の方法により測定される塩形成前共重合体の酸価)×(1H-NMRスペクトルより算出される塩形成されていない末端の酸性基部位比率(%)/100)により算出される。
 下記実施例では全ての場合において、塩基性化合物の塩形成されていない塩形成結合部近傍の水素原子ピークの消失を確認するまで塩形成反応を実施したため、塩基性化合物は全量塩形成したと見なすことができる。そのため、塩型共重合体の酸価={JIS K 0070:1992に記載の方法により測定される塩形成前共重合体の酸価}-{JIS K 0070:1992に記載の方法により測定される塩形成前共重合体の酸価}×{塩形成反応により消費された塩基性化合物(mol)/塩形成前共重合体の酸性基数(mol)}で算出することもできる。
The acid value of the graft copolymer and block copolymer after salt formation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a salt-type copolymer) was obtained by calculating as follows.
First, the acid value of the copolymer before salt formation is determined by the method described above. In addition, the 1H-NMR spectrum of the basic compound before salt formation is measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus. Next, the 1H-NMR spectrum of the mixture of the salt-type copolymer and the basic compound after salt formation is measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus. Among the obtained spectrum data, the ratio of the integrated value of the hydrogen atom peak near the unsalted salt-forming bond in the salt-forming bond of the basic compound before and after salt formation indicates that the salt-type copolymer , the reaction rate of a basic compound with respect to the terminal acidic group site of the structural unit represented by general formula (I) is measured. The terminal acidic group site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) formed by salting the basic compound is measured by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992, assuming that the acid value is 0. acid value of the copolymer before salt formation)×(proportion of unsalted terminal acidic group sites calculated from 1H-NMR spectrum (%)/100).
In the following examples, in all cases, the salt-forming reaction was carried out until the disappearance of the hydrogen atom peak near the salt-forming bond of the basic compound where no salt was formed. be able to. Therefore, the acid value of the salt-type copolymer = {acid value of the copolymer before salt formation measured by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992} - {JIS K 0070: measured by the method described in 1992 It can also be calculated by: acid value of copolymer before salt formation}×{basic compound consumed in salt formation reaction (mol)/number of acidic groups of copolymer before salt formation (mol)}.
 塩形成後のグラフト共重合体及びブロック共重合体のアミン価は以下のように求めた。
 塩型共重合体のうち、前記一般式(3)で表される化合物により塩形成されている塩型共重合体のアミン価は、JIS K 7237:1995に記載の方法により測定される値とした。前記一般式(3)の化合物は、例えば一般式(VI)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位とハロゲン原子側炭化水素が塩を形成するため、当該測定方法によっても塩形成の状態に変化をきたさず、アミン価を測定可能だからである。
 一方で、塩型共重合体のうち、前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物により塩形成されている塩型共重合体のアミン価は、前述した塩形成前の共重合体のアミン価から、下記のように算出することにより求めた。前記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は、例えば一般式(VI)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と酸性基が塩を形成するため、このような塩型共重合体のアミン価を前記JIS K 7237:1995に記載の方法により測定すると、塩形成の状態に変化をきたし、正確な値を測定することができないからである。
 まず、前述の方法により、塩形成前の共重合体のアミン価を求める。併せて、塩形成前の共重合体の1H-NMRスペクトルを、核磁気共鳴装置を用いて測定する。次に、塩形成後の塩型共重合体の1H-NMRスペクトルを、核磁気共鳴装置を用いて測定する。それぞれ得られたスペクトルデータのうち、塩形成前後の前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位において、塩形成されていない窒素原子近傍の水素原子ピークの積分値の比率より、塩型共重合体の、一般式(VI)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位に対する、前記一般式(1)又は(2)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の反応率を測定する。前記一般式(1)又は(2)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物が塩形成した一般式(VI)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位は、アミン価が0になったとして、(JIS K 7237:1995に記載の方法により測定される塩形成前共重合体のアミン価)×(1H-NMRスペクトルより算出される塩形成されていない末端の窒素部位比率(%)/100)により算出する。
The amine value of the graft copolymer and block copolymer after salt formation was determined as follows.
Among the salt-type copolymers, the amine value of the salt-type copolymer salt-formed by the compound represented by the general formula (3) is the value measured by the method described in JIS K 7237:1995. did. In the compound of the general formula (3), for example, the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) and the hydrocarbon on the halogen atom side form a salt. This is because the amine value can be measured without causing a change in the
On the other hand, among the salt-type copolymers, the amine value of the salt-type copolymer salt-formed with the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is the copolymerization before the salt formation described above. It was obtained by calculating as follows from the combined amine value. In the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2), for example, the terminal nitrogen site and the acidic group of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) form a salt. This is because when the amine value of the copolymer is measured by the method described in JIS K 7237:1995, the state of salt formation changes, and an accurate value cannot be measured.
First, the amine value of the copolymer before salt formation is determined by the method described above. In addition, the 1H-NMR spectrum of the copolymer before salt formation is measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus. Next, the 1H-NMR spectrum of the salt-type copolymer after salt formation is measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus. Among the obtained spectrum data, the ratio of the integrated value of the hydrogen atom peak near the non-salted nitrogen atom at the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) before and after salt formation One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formula (1) or (2) for the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) of the salt-type copolymer. measure the reaction rate of The terminal nitrogen portion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI), which is a salt formed by one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formula (1) or (2), has an amine value of 0. (Amine value of copolymer before salt formation measured by the method described in JIS K 7237: 1995) × (Non-salted end nitrogen site ratio (%) calculated from 1H-NMR spectrum )/100).
(合成例1:グラフト共重合体Aの製造)
(1)マクロモノマーm1の合成
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)100.0質量部を仕込み、窒素気流下攪拌しながら、温度90℃に加温した。メタクリル酸メチル(MMA)50.0質量部、メタクリル酸ブチル(BMA)5.0質量部、メタクリル酸ベンジル(BzMA)5.0質量部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(日油株式会社製、商品名;ブレンマーPME-200、エチレンオキシ基繰り返し数=4)(PME-200)40.0質量部、メルカプトプロピオン酸7.0質量部、α,α’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)1.0質量部の混合溶液を1.5時間かけて滴下し、さらに3時間反応した。冷却後、この反応溶液をテトラヒドロフラン(THF)200質量部で希釈し、ヘキサン3000質量部で再沈澱することで、白色粉末106.0質量部を得た。次に、この白色粉末100.0質量部に、PGMEA50.0質量部、グリシジルメタクリレート(GMA)7.4質量部、N,N-ジメチルドデシルアミン0.30質量部及びp-メトキシフェノール0.2質量部を加え、空気バブリングを行いながら110℃にて、24時間攪拌した。冷却後、この反応溶液を、ヘキサン3000質量部で再沈澱することで、マクロモノマーm1を106.0質量部得た。
 得られたマクロモノマーm1を、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)にて、N-メチルピロリドン、0.01モル/L臭化リチウム添加/ポリスチレン標準の条件で確認したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)4500、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)は1.6であった。
(Synthesis Example 1: Production of graft copolymer A)
(1) Synthesis of macromonomer m1 A reactor equipped with a condenser, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer was charged with 100.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol methyl ether acetate (PGMEA). The mixture was heated to 90° C. while stirring under an air stream. Methyl methacrylate (MMA) 50.0 parts by mass, butyl methacrylate (BMA) 5.0 parts by mass, benzyl methacrylate (BzMA) 5.0 parts by mass, methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (manufactured by NOF Corporation, trade name Blenmer PME-200, ethyleneoxy group repeating number = 4) (PME-200) 40.0 parts by mass, mercaptopropionic acid 7.0 parts by mass, α,α'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN)1. 0 parts by mass of the mixed solution was added dropwise over 1.5 hours, and the reaction was further continued for 3 hours. After cooling, the reaction solution was diluted with 200 parts by mass of tetrahydrofuran (THF) and reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 106.0 parts by mass of white powder. Next, 50.0 parts by weight of PGMEA, 7.4 parts by weight of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.30 parts by weight of N,N-dimethyldodecylamine and 0.2 parts by weight of p-methoxyphenol were added to 100.0 parts by weight of this white powder. Parts by mass were added, and the mixture was stirred at 110° C. for 24 hours while performing air bubbling. After cooling, this reaction solution was reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 106.0 parts by mass of macromonomer m1.
The obtained macromonomer m1 was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) under the conditions of N-methylpyrrolidone, 0.01 mol/L lithium bromide addition/polystyrene standard, and found to have a weight average molecular weight (Mw). 4500, and the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) was 1.6.
(2)グラフト共重合体Aの調製
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、PGMEA100.0質量部を仕込み、窒素気流下攪拌しながら、温度85℃に加温した。合成例1のマクロモノマーm1を81.6質量部、メタクリル酸(MAA)12.3質量部、2-メタクリロイロキシエチルコハク酸(2-MOES、前記一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位を誘導)6.1質量部、n-ドデシルメルカプタン1.3質量部、PGMEA50.0質量部、AIBN1.0質量部の混合溶液を1.5時間かけて滴下し、3時間加熱攪拌したのち、AIBN0.10質量部 、PGMEA6.0質量部の混合液を10分かけて滴下し、さらに同温で1時間熟成した。冷却後、この反応溶液を、ヘキサン3000質量部で再沈澱することで、グラフト共重合体A99.0質量部を得た。得られたグラフト共重合体Aは、重量平均分子量(Mw)が14300、Mw/Mnが2.5であり、酸価が95mgKOH/gであった。
(2) Preparation of graft copolymer A A reactor equipped with a cooling tube, addition funnel, nitrogen inlet, mechanical stirrer, and digital thermometer was charged with 100.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, and stirred under a stream of nitrogen. Warmed to a temperature of 85°C. 81.6 parts by mass of the macromonomer m1 of Synthesis Example 1, 12.3 parts by mass of methacrylic acid (MAA), 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinic acid (2-MOES, represented by the general formula (II-2) A mixed solution of 6.1 parts by mass of derived structural units, 1.3 parts by mass of n-dodecyl mercaptan, 50.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 1.0 parts by mass of AIBN was added dropwise over 1.5 hours, followed by heating and stirring for 3 hours. After that, a mixed solution of 0.10 parts by mass of AIBN and 6.0 parts by mass of PGMEA was added dropwise over 10 minutes, followed by aging at the same temperature for 1 hour. After cooling, this reaction solution was reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 99.0 parts by mass of graft copolymer A. The resulting graft copolymer A had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 14,300, an Mw/Mn of 2.5, and an acid value of 95 mgKOH/g.
(3)塩型グラフト共重合体Aの調製
 PGMEA40.0質量部に、グラフト共重合体A25.0質量部、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデセン-7(サンアプロ社製、「DBU」)を1.93質量部(グラフト共重合体Aのカルボキシ基構成単位に対し、0.3モル当量)加え、室温にて6時間攪拌することにより、塩型グラフト共重合体A溶液を調製した。この反応溶液を、ヘキサン1000質量部で再沈澱することで、塩型グラフト共重合体A27.3質量部を得た。
(3) Preparation of salt-type graft copolymer A To 40.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, 25.0 parts by mass of graft copolymer A, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 (manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd., "DBU") was added (0.3 molar equivalents with respect to the carboxy group structural unit of the graft copolymer A) and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours to form a salt-type graft copolymer A solution. prepared. This reaction solution was reprecipitated with 1000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 27.3 parts by mass of a salt-type graft copolymer A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
(合成例2:ブロック共重合体Bの製造)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、PGMEA150.0質量部、ヨウ素を3.0部、2,2’-アゾビス(4-メトキシ-2 ,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)(商品名:V-70、和光純薬社製)、MMA16.8質量部、不飽和脂肪酸ヒドロキシアルキルエステル修飾ε-カプロラクトン(PCL-FM5)(商品名;プラクセルFM5、株式会社ダイセル製、カプロラクトン鎖繰り返し数=5)52.3質量部、コハク酸イミド0.04質量部を仕込み、窒素気流下攪拌しながら、40℃で5時間攪拌し、Bブロックの共重合体を製造した。
 続けて、MAA11.0質量部、及び2-MOES19.9質量部を加えて、40℃で5時間攪拌した。固形分を測定し、不揮発分から換算したところ重合転化率は99%であった。この反応溶液をヘキサン3000質量部で再沈澱することで、ABブロック共重合体B99.0質量部を得た。このようにして得られたブロック共重合体Bは、重量平均分子量(Mw)が8100、Mw/Mnが1.2であり、酸価が120mgKOH/gであった。
(Synthesis Example 2: Production of block copolymer B)
150.0 parts by weight of PGMEA, 3.0 parts of iodine, 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2 , 4-dimethylvaleronitrile) (trade name: V-70, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), MMA 16.8 parts by mass, unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester-modified ε-caprolactone (PCL-FM5) (trade name: Plaxel FM5, 52.3 parts by mass of caprolactone chain repeating number = 5) manufactured by Daicel Corporation and 0.04 parts by mass of succinimide were charged and stirred at 40°C for 5 hours while stirring under a nitrogen stream to obtain a B block copolymer. manufactured.
Subsequently, 11.0 parts by mass of MAA and 19.9 parts by mass of 2-MOES were added and stirred at 40° C. for 5 hours. When the solid content was measured and converted from the non-volatile content, the polymerization conversion rate was 99%. By reprecipitating this reaction solution with 3000 parts by mass of hexane, 99.0 parts by mass of AB block copolymer B was obtained. Block copolymer B thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8100, Mw/Mn of 1.2, and an acid value of 120 mgKOH/g.
(合成例3:ブロック共重合体Cの製造)
 合成例2において、MMA16.8質量部、不飽和脂肪酸ヒドロキシアルキルエステル修飾ε-カプロラクトン(PCL-FM5)52.3質量部を用いる代わりに、MMA62.3質量部及びBMA30.0質量部に変更し、MAA11.0質量部、及び2-MOES19.9質量部を用いる代わりに、MAA7.7質量部に変更した点以外は、合成例2と同様にして、ブロック共重合体Cを製造した。得られたブロック共重合体Cの重量平均分子量(Mw)、Mw/Mn、酸価及びアミン価を表2に示す。
(Synthesis Example 3: Production of block copolymer C)
In Synthesis Example 2, instead of using 16.8 parts by mass of MMA and 52.3 parts by mass of unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester-modified ε-caprolactone (PCL-FM5), 62.3 parts by mass of MMA and 30.0 parts by mass of BMA were used. , MAA 11.0 parts by mass, and 2-MOES 19.9 parts by mass, except that MAA was changed to 7.7 parts by mass, in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2 to produce a block copolymer C. Table 2 shows the weight average molecular weight (Mw), Mw/Mn, acid value and amine value of the block copolymer C thus obtained.
(合成例4:ブロック共重合体Dの製造)
(1)ブロック共重合体Dの調製
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、PGMEA150.0質量部、ヨウ素を3.0部、V-70を11.0質量部、MMA50.4質量部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(PME-200)30.0質量部、コハク酸イミド0.04質量部を仕込み、窒素気流下攪拌しながら、40℃で5時間攪拌し、Bブロックの共重合体を製造した。
 続けて、メタクリル酸2-(ジメチルアミノ)エチル(DMMA)19.6質量部加えて、40℃で5時間攪拌した。固形分を測定し、不揮発分から換算したところ重合転化率は99%であった。この反応溶液をヘキサン3000質量部で再沈澱することで、ブロック共重合体D99.0質量部を得た。このようにして得られたブロック共重合体Dは、重量平均分子量(Mw)が7500、Mw/Mnが1.2であり、アミン価が70mgKOH/gであった。得られたブロック共重合体Dの重量平均分子量(Mw)、Mw/Mn、酸価及びアミン価を表2に示す。
(Synthesis Example 4: Production of block copolymer D)
(1) Preparation of block copolymer D In a reactor equipped with a cooling tube, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer, 150.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, 3.0 parts of iodine, V- 11.0 parts by mass of 70, 50.4 parts by mass of MMA, 30.0 parts by mass of methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (PME-200), and 0.04 parts by mass of succinimide were charged and heated to 40°C while stirring under a nitrogen stream. for 5 hours to produce a B block copolymer.
Subsequently, 19.6 parts by mass of 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl methacrylate (DMMA) was added and stirred at 40° C. for 5 hours. When the solid content was measured and converted from the non-volatile content, the polymerization conversion rate was 99%. By reprecipitating this reaction solution with 3000 parts by mass of hexane, 99.0 parts by mass of block copolymer D was obtained. Block copolymer D thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 7500, an Mw/Mn of 1.2, and an amine value of 70 mgKOH/g. Table 2 shows the weight average molecular weight (Mw), Mw/Mn, acid value and amine value of the block copolymer D thus obtained.
(2)塩型ブロック共重合体Dの調製
 PGMEA40.0質量部に、ブロック共重合体D25.0質量部、フェニルホスホン酸(PPA、日産化学工業(株)社製)を3.45質量部(ブロック共重合体DのDMMA構成単位に対し、0.7モル当量)加え、60℃室温にて6時間攪拌することにより、塩型ブロック共重合体D溶液を調製した。この反応溶液を、ヘキサン1000質量部で再沈澱することで、塩型ブロック共重合体D27.8質量部を得た。
(2) Preparation of salt-type block copolymer D To 40.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, 25.0 parts by mass of block copolymer D, and 3.45 parts by mass of phenylphosphonic acid (PPA, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (0.7 molar equivalents relative to the DMMA constitutional unit of block copolymer D) was added and stirred at 60°C and room temperature for 6 hours to prepare a salt-type block copolymer D solution. This reaction solution was reprecipitated with 1000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 27.8 parts by mass of a salt-type block copolymer D.
(合成例5:塩型ブロック共重合体Eの製造)
 特許6605783号公報(前記特許文献1)の段落0188~0191を参照して、実施例で使用されているブロック共重合体E、及び塩型ブロック共重合体Eを製造した。
 表2には、AブロックとBブロックとの合計質量部が100.0質量部となるように換算した数値を示した。
 得られた塩型ブロック共重合体Eの重量平均分子量(Mw)、Mw/Mn、塩形成前後の酸価、及び塩形成前後のアミン価を表2に示す。
(Synthesis Example 5: Production of salt-type block copolymer E)
With reference to paragraphs 0188 to 0191 of Japanese Patent No. 6605783 (the aforementioned Patent Document 1), block copolymer E and salt-type block copolymer E used in the examples were produced.
Table 2 shows numerical values converted so that the total parts by mass of the A block and the B block is 100.0 parts by mass.
Table 2 shows the weight average molecular weight (Mw), Mw/Mn, acid value before and after salt formation, and amine value before and after salt formation of the resulting salt-type block copolymer E.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
(調製例1:アルカリ可溶性樹脂αの調製)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、PGMEAを300質量部仕込み、窒素雰囲気下で100℃に昇温した後、メタクリル酸2-フェノキシエチル(PhEMA)90質量部、MMA54質量部、メタクリル酸(MAA)36質量部及びパーブチルO(日油株式会社製)6質量部、連鎖移動剤(n-ドデシルメルカプタン)2質量部を1.5時間かけて連続的に滴下した。その後、100℃を保持して反応を続け、上記主鎖形成用混合物の滴下終了から2時間後に重合禁止剤として、p-メトキシフェノール0.1質量部を添加して重合を停止した。
 次に、空気を吹き込みながら、エポキシ基含有化合物としてメタクリル酸グリシジル(GMA)20質量部を添加して、110℃に昇温した後、トリエチルアミン0.8質量部を添加して110℃で15時間付加反応させ、アルカリ可溶性樹脂α溶液(重量平均分子量(Mw)8500、酸価75mgKOH/g、固形分40質量%)を得た。
(Preparation Example 1: Preparation of alkali-soluble resin α)
A reactor equipped with a cooling pipe, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer was charged with 300 parts by mass of PGMEA, heated to 100° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere, and then 2-phenoxyethyl methacrylate was added. (PhEMA) 90 parts by mass, MMA 54 parts by mass, methacrylic acid (MAA) 36 parts by mass and Perbutyl O (manufactured by NOF Corporation) 6 parts by mass, chain transfer agent (n-dodecyl mercaptan) 2 parts by mass for 1.5 hours It was continuously added dropwise over a period of time. Thereafter, the reaction was continued while maintaining the temperature at 100° C., and 0.1 part by mass of p-methoxyphenol was added as a polymerization inhibitor to terminate the polymerization two hours after the completion of dropping the mixture for forming the main chain.
Next, while blowing in air, 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) as an epoxy group-containing compound was added, and the temperature was raised to 110°C. Then, 0.8 parts by mass of triethylamine was added and the temperature was maintained at 110°C for 15 hours. An addition reaction was carried out to obtain an alkali-soluble resin α solution (weight average molecular weight (Mw) 8500, acid value 75 mgKOH/g, solid content 40% by mass).
(調製例2:青色レーキ色材1の合成)
(1)中間体1の合成
 特開2018-3013号に記載の中間体A-2、中間体B-1、及び化合物1-3の製造方法を参照して、下記化学式(a)で示される中間体1を得た(収率87%)。
 得られた化合物は、下記の分析結果より目的の化合物であることを確認した。
・MS(ESI) (m/z):677(+)、2価
・元素分析値:CHN実測値 (81.81%、7.31%、5.85%);理論値(81.77%、7.36%、5.90%)
(Preparation Example 2: Synthesis of blue lake colorant 1)
(1) Synthesis of Intermediate 1 With reference to the method for producing Intermediate A-2, Intermediate B-1, and Compound 1-3 described in JP-A-2018-3013, the following chemical formula (a) is used. Intermediate 1 was obtained (87% yield).
The obtained compound was confirmed to be the target compound from the following analysis results.
・MS (ESI) (m / z): 677 (+), divalent ・Elemental analysis value: CHN measured value (81.81%, 7.31%, 5.85%); theoretical value (81.77%) , 7.36%, 5.90%)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(2)青色レーキ色材1の合成
 関東化学製12タングストリン酸・n水和物2.59g(0.76mmol)をメタノール40mL、水40mLの混合液に加熱溶解させ、前記中間体1 1.6g(1.19mmol)を加え、1時間攪拌した。沈殿物を濾取し、水で洗浄した。得られた沈殿物を減圧乾燥して下記化学式(b)で示されるレーキ色材1を(収率95%)得た。
 得られた化合物は、下記の分析結果より目的の化合物であることを確認した。
・31P NMR(d-dmso、ppm)δ-15.15
・MS(MALDI) (m/z):1355(M)、2879(MH
・元素分析値:CHN実測値 (35.55%、3.24%、2.61%);理論値(35.61%、3.20%、2.57%)
・蛍光X線分析:MoW実測比 (0%、100%);理論値(0%、100%)
(2) Synthesis of blue lake colorant 1 2.59 g (0.76 mmol) of Kanto Chemical 12 tungstophosphoric acid n-hydrate was dissolved by heating in a mixture of 40 mL of methanol and 40 mL of water. 6 g (1.19 mmol) was added and stirred for 1 hour. The precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water. The resulting precipitate was dried under reduced pressure to obtain a lake coloring material 1 represented by the following chemical formula (b) (yield 95%).
The obtained compound was confirmed to be the target compound from the following analysis results.
・31P NMR (d-dmso, ppm) δ-15.15
・MS (MALDI) (m/z): 1355 (M + ), 2879 (MH 2 )
Elemental analysis values: CHN measured values (35.55%, 3.24%, 2.61%); theoretical values (35.61%, 3.20%, 2.57%)
・Fluorescent X-ray analysis: MoW actual measurement ratio (0%, 100%); theoretical value (0%, 100%)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(実施例1)
(1-1)色材分散液G-1の製造
 合成例1のグラフト共重合体Aを8.25質量部、8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデセン-7(サンアプロ社製、「DBU」)0.38質量部、フェニルホスホン酸(日産化学工業(株)社製、PPA)0.15質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン58(PG58)を13.0質量部、PGMEAを78.22質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液G-1を得た。
(1-2)色材分散液Y-1の製造
 前記色材分散液G-1において、PG58の代わりに、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138)を用いた以外は、前記色材分散液G-1と同様にして、色材分散液Y-1を得た。
(Example 1)
(1-1) Production of colorant dispersion G-1 8.25 parts by mass of the graft copolymer A of Synthesis Example 1, 8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7 (manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd., "DBU ”) 0.38 parts by mass, 0.15 parts by mass of phenylphosphonic acid (PPA, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), C.I. I. 13.0 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 (PG58), 78.22 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle, and a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) is used for preliminary crushing. ) for 1 hour, then take out zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm, and similarly disperse for 4 hours with a paint shaker as main disintegration. , to obtain a coloring material dispersion liquid G-1.
(1-2) Production of Colorant Dispersion Y-1 In the colorant dispersion G-1, C.I. I. A coloring material dispersion liquid Y-1 was obtained in the same manner as the coloring material dispersion liquid G-1 except that Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138) was used.
(2)着色硬化性組成物G-1の製造
 上記(1-1)で得られた色材分散液G-1を6.86質量部、上記(1-2)で得られた色材分散液Y-1を2.94質量部、調製例1で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂α溶液を0.69質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.83質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.05質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASFジャパン製)を0.05質量部、1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)](光開始剤:商品名イルガキュアOXE01、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックR-08MH、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを8.48質量部加え、着色硬化性組成物G-1を得た。
(2) Production of colored curable composition G-1 6.86 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion G-1 obtained in (1-1) above, and the colorant dispersion obtained in (1-2) above 2.94 parts by mass of liquid Y-1, 0.69 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin α solution obtained in Preparation Example 1, and a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 0.83 parts by mass, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.05 mass part, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF Japan) 0.05 parts by mass, 1,2-octane Dione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-,2-(O-benzoyloxime)] (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.02 parts by mass, a fluorine-based surfactant (trade name Megafac R-08MH, manufactured by DIC Corporation) and 8.48 parts by mass of PGMEA were added to obtain a colored curable composition G-1.
(実施例2~11)
(1)色材分散液G-2~G-11、色材分散液Y-2~Y-11の製造
 実施例1において、グラフト共重合体AとDBUとPPAの代わりに、表3に示すように、グラフト共重合体A、ブロック共重合体B~Dと、含窒素塩基性化合物と酸性基含有化合物とをそれぞれ表3に示す量で組み合わせて用い、PGMEAの量を変更して総質量が100質量部となるように変更した以外は、実施例1と同様にして、色材分散液G-2~G-11及び色材分散液Y-2~Y-11を製造した。
(2)着色硬化性組成物G-2~G-11の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1及び色材分散液Y-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液G-2~G-11及び色材分散液Y-2~Y-11を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物G-1と同じになるよう色材分散液G-2~G-11及び色材分散液Y-2~Y-11量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物G-2~G-11を得た。
(Examples 2 to 11)
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersions G-2 to G-11 and Colorant Dispersions Y-2 to Y-11 As shown in Table 3, the graft copolymer A, the block copolymers B to D, the nitrogen-containing basic compound and the acidic group-containing compound were used in combination in the amounts shown in Table 3, and the amount of PGMEA was changed to obtain the total mass Colorant dispersions G-2 to G-11 and colorant dispersions Y-2 to Y-11 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the content was changed to 100 parts by mass.
(2) Production of colored curable compositions G-2 to G-11 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the colorant dispersion G-1 and the colorant dispersion Y-1, the colorant dispersion Using liquids G-2 to G-11 and colorant dispersions Y-2 to Y-11, colorant dispersions G-2 to G-11 were prepared so that the chromaticity was the same as that of the colored curable composition G-1. Colored curable compositions G-2 to G-11 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (2), except that the amounts of colorant dispersions Y-2 to Y-11 were adjusted.
(実施例12)
(1)色材分散液G-12、色材分散液Y-12の製造
 実施例2において、グラフト共重合体Aとブロック共重合体DとDBUとPPAの代わりに、前記塩型グラフト共重合体Aと前記塩型ブロック共重合体Dを用いた以外は、実施例2と同様にして、色材分散液G-12及び色材分散液Y-12を製造した。色材分散液に用いた塩型グラフト共重合体Aに含まれるDBU及びその含有量と塩型ブロック共重合体に含まれるPPA及びその含有量は、表3においてカッコ内に記載した。
(2)着色硬化性組成物G-12の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1及び色材分散液Y-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液G-12及び色材分散液Y-12を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物G-1と同じになるよう色材分散液G-12及び色材分散液Y-12量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物G-12を得た。
(Example 12)
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersion G-12 and Colorant Dispersion Y-12 In Example 2, instead of the graft copolymer A, block copolymer D, DBU and PPA, Colorant Dispersion G-12 and Colorant Dispersion Y-12 were produced in the same manner as in Example 2, except that Coalescence A and the salt-type block copolymer D were used. The DBU contained in the salt-type graft copolymer A used in the colorant dispersion and its content, and the PPA contained in the salt-type block copolymer and its content are shown in parentheses in Table 3.
(2) Production of colored curable composition G-12 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the colorant dispersion G-1 and the colorant dispersion Y-1, the colorant dispersion G-12 And the colorant dispersion Y-12 was used, and the amount of the colorant dispersion G-12 and the colorant dispersion Y-12 was adjusted so that the chromaticity was the same as that of the colored curable composition G-1. A colored curable composition G-12 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
(比較例1)
(1)比較色材分散液CG-1、比較色材分散液CY-1の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、フェニルホスホン酸(PPA)を添加しなかった以外は、実施例1と同様にして、比較色材分散液CG-1を得た。
 前記比較色材分散液CG-1において、PG58の代わりに、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138)を用いた以外は、前記色材分散液CG-1と同様にして、比較色材分散液CY-1を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CG-1の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1及び色材分散液Y-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CG-1及び比較色材分散液CY-1を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物G-1と同じになるよう色材分散液CG-1及び色材分散液CY-1量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG-1を得た。
(Comparative example 1)
(1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersion CG-1 and Comparative Colorant Dispersion CY-1 Same as Example 1, except that phenylphosphonic acid (PPA) was not added in (1) of Example 1. to obtain a comparative colorant dispersion CG-1.
In the comparative colorant dispersion CG-1, C.I. I. A comparative colorant dispersion CY-1 was obtained in the same manner as the colorant dispersion CG-1 except that Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138) was used.
(2) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG-1 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the colorant dispersion G-1 and the colorant dispersion Y-1, the comparative colorant dispersion CG -1 and the comparative colorant dispersion CY-1 were used, and the amounts of the colorant dispersion CG-1 and the colorant dispersion CY-1 were adjusted so that the chromaticity was the same as that of the colored curable composition G-1. obtained a comparative colored curable composition CG-1 in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
(比較例2~5)
(1)比較色材分散液CG-2~CG-5、比較色材分散液CY-2~CY-5の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、グラフト共重合体Aの代わりに、表4に示すように、ブロック共重合体D又は塩型ブロック共重合体Eと、含窒素塩基性化合物及び/又は酸性基含有化合物とをそれぞれ表4に示す量で用い、PGMEAの量を変更して総質量が100質量部となるように変更した以外は、実施例1と同様にして、比較色材分散液CG-2~CG-5及び比較色材分散液CY-2~CY-5を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CG-2~CG-5の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1及び色材分散液Y-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CG-2~CG-5及び比較色材分散液CY-2~CY-5を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物G-1と同じになるよう色材分散液CG-2~CG-5及び色材分散液CY-2~CY-5量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG-2~CG-5を得た。
(Comparative Examples 2-5)
(1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersions CG-2 to CG-5 and Comparative Colorant Dispersions CY-2 to CY-5 In (1) of Example 1, instead of graft copolymer A, Table 4 As shown in Table 4, the block copolymer D or the salt-type block copolymer E and the nitrogen-containing basic compound and/or the acidic group-containing compound are used in the amounts shown in Table 4, respectively, and the amount of PGMEA is changed. Comparative colorant dispersions CG-2 to CG-5 and comparative colorant dispersions CY-2 to CY-5 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the total mass was changed to 100 parts by mass. rice field.
(2) Production of comparative colored curable compositions CG-2 to CG-5 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the colorant dispersion G-1 and the colorant dispersion Y-1, the comparative colors Using the material dispersions CG-2 to CG-5 and the comparative colorant dispersions CY-2 to CY-5, the colorant dispersions CG-2 to so that the chromaticity is the same as the colored curable composition G-1. Comparative colored curable compositions CG-2 to CG-5 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the amounts of CG-5 and colorant dispersions CY-2 to CY-5 were adjusted. .
(比較例6~7)
(1)比較色材分散液CG-6~CG-7、比較色材分散液CY-6~CY-7の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、PPAの代わりにpKaが4超過の酸性基含有化合物を用いるか、又は、DBUの代わりにpKaが9未満の含窒素塩基性化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同様にして、比較色材分散液CG-6~CG-7及び比較色材分散液CY-6~CY-7を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CG-6~CG-7の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CG-6~CG-7及び比較色材分散液CY-6~CY-7を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物G-1と同じになるよう色材分散液CG-6~CG-7及び色材分散液CY-6~CY-7量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG-6~CG-7を得た。
(Comparative Examples 6-7)
(1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersions CG-6 to CG-7 and Comparative Colorant Dispersions CY-6 to CY-7 Comparative colorant dispersions CG-6 to CG-7 and comparative colorant dispersions CG-6 to CG-7 and comparative colors Material dispersions CY-6 to CY-7 were obtained.
(2) Production of comparative colored curable compositions CG-6 to CG-7 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the colorant dispersion G-1, the comparative colorant dispersions CG-6 to CG, respectively -7 and comparative colorant dispersions CY-6 to CY-7, colorant dispersions CG-6 to CG-7 and colorant dispersions so that the chromaticity is the same as that of colored curable composition G-1 Comparative colored curable compositions CG-6 to CG-7 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that the amounts of CY-6 to CY-7 were adjusted.
(比較例8)
(1-1)比較色材分散液CG-8の製造
 特開2020-169242号公報(前記特許文献2)の実施例1に用いられた分散剤である、リン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b2-1)溶液、カルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液、バインダ樹脂(C-1)溶液、及び塩基性樹脂型分散剤(b1-7)溶液を、特開2020-169242号公報を参照して調製した。
 リン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b2-1)溶液を0.32質量部、カルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液を0.32質量部、塩基性樹脂型分散剤(b1-7)溶液を0.63質量部、バインダ樹脂(C-1)溶液を10.1質量部、PGMEAを76.26質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液CG-8を得た。
 顔料に対する分散剤とバインダ樹脂の固形分重量比は、特開2020-169242号公報の実施例1と同様にした。
(1-2)比較色材分散液CY-8の製造
 前記色材分散液CG-8において、PG58の代わりに、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138)を用いた以外は、前記色材分散液CG-8と同様にして、色材分散液CY-8を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CG-8の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1及び色材分散液Y-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CG-8及び比較色材分散液CY-8を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物G-1と同じになるよう色材分散液CG-8及び色材分散液CY-8量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG-8を得た。なお、カルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液の調製時に触媒として1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンを用いているが、反応に消費されるものであり、添加された全ての1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンがカルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液に残留したと仮定しても、その含有量は、色材100質量部に対して、0.0013質量部である。
(Comparative Example 8)
(1-1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersion CG-8 A phosphoric acid-based resin-type dispersant (b2 -1) solution, carboxylic acid resin type dispersant (b4-1) solution, binder resin (C-1) solution, and basic resin type dispersant (b1-7) solution, JP 2020-169242 prepared with reference to
0.32 parts by mass of a phosphoric acid resin dispersant (b2-1) solution, 0.32 parts by mass of a carboxylic acid resin dispersant (b4-1) solution, a basic resin dispersant (b1-7 ) solution, 10.1 parts by mass of the binder resin (C-1) solution, 76.26 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm were placed in a mayonnaise bottle, and predissolved. Shake for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) for crushing, then take out zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm, and repeat the present solution. As crushing, dispersion was carried out for 4 hours using a paint shaker to obtain a coloring material dispersion liquid CG-8.
The solid content weight ratio of the dispersant and the binder resin to the pigment was the same as in Example 1 of JP-A-2020-169242.
(1-2) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersion CY-8 In the colorant dispersion CG-8, C.I. I. A coloring material dispersion CY-8 was obtained in the same manner as the coloring material dispersion CG-8 except that Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138) was used.
(2) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG-8 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the colorant dispersion G-1 and the colorant dispersion Y-1, the comparative colorant dispersion CG -8 and the comparative colorant dispersion CY-8 were used, and the amount of the colorant dispersion CG-8 and the colorant dispersion CY-8 was adjusted so that the chromaticity was the same as that of the colored curable composition G-1. obtained a comparative colored curable composition CG-8 in the same manner as in Example 1 (2). Although 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene was used as a catalyst during the preparation of the carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4-1) solution, it is consumed in the reaction. Yes, even assuming that all the added 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene remained in the carboxylic acid resin type dispersant (b4-1) solution, the content is 0.0013 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
(比較例9)
(1-1)比較色材分散液CG-9の製造
 特開2020-169242号公報(前記特許文献2)の実施例41に用いられた分散剤である、フェニルホスホン酸とアミノ基を有する塩基性樹脂型分散剤との塩(b3-1)溶液、及びカルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液、バインダ樹脂(C-1)溶液を、特開2020-169242号公報を参照して調製した。
 フェニルホスホン酸とアミノ基を有する塩基性樹脂型分散剤との塩(b3-1)溶液を0.95質量部、カルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液を0.32質量部、バインダ樹脂(C-1)溶液を10.1質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン58(PG58)を13.0質量部、PGMEAを76.26質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液CG-9を得た。
 顔料に対する分散剤とバインダ樹脂の固形分重量比は、特開2020-169242号公報の実施例41と同様にした。
(1-2)比較色材分散液CY-9の製造
 前記色材分散液CG-9において、PG58の代わりに、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138)を用いた以外は、前記色材分散液CG-9と同様にして、色材分散液CY-9を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CG-9の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1及び色材分散液Y-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CG-9及び比較色材分散液CY-9を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物G-1と同じになるよう色材分散液CG-9及び色材分散液CY-9量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG-9を得た。なお、カルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液の調製時に触媒として1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンを用いているが、反応に消費されるものであり、添加された全ての1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンがカルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液に残留したと仮定しても、その含有量は、色材100質量部に対して、0.0013質量部である。
(Comparative Example 9)
(1-1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersion CG-9 Phenylphosphonic acid and a base having an amino group, which are dispersants used in Example 41 of JP-A-2020-169242 (above-mentioned Patent Document 2) A salt (b3-1) solution with a curable resin-type dispersant, a carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4-1) solution, and a binder resin (C-1) solution, see JP-A-2020-169242. was prepared.
0.95 parts by mass of a salt (b3-1) solution of a phenylphosphonic acid and a basic resin-type dispersant having an amino group, 0.32 parts by mass of a carboxylic acid resin-type dispersant (b4-1) solution, 10.1 parts by mass of binder resin (C-1) solution and C.I. I. 13.0 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 (PG58), 76.26 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle, and a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) is used for preliminary crushing. ) for 1 hour, then take out zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm, and similarly disperse for 4 hours with a paint shaker as main disintegration. , to obtain a coloring material dispersion CG-9.
The solid weight ratio of the dispersant and the binder resin to the pigment was the same as in Example 41 of JP-A-2020-169242.
(1-2) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersion CY-9 In the colorant dispersion CG-9, C.I. I. A coloring material dispersion CY-9 was obtained in the same manner as the coloring material dispersion CG-9 except that Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138) was used.
(2) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG-9 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the colorant dispersion G-1 and the colorant dispersion Y-1, the comparative colorant dispersion CG -9 and the comparative colorant dispersion CY-9 were used, and the amount of the colorant dispersion CG-9 and the colorant dispersion CY-9 was adjusted so that the chromaticity was the same as that of the colored curable composition G-1. obtained a comparative colored curable composition CG-9 in the same manner as in Example 1 (2). Although 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene was used as a catalyst during the preparation of the carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4-1) solution, it is consumed in the reaction. Yes, even assuming that all the added 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene remained in the carboxylic acid resin type dispersant (b4-1) solution, the content is 0.0013 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
(比較例10)
(1-1)比較色材分散液CG-10の製造
 比較例9の比較色材分散液CG-9において、顔料に対する分散剤とバインダ樹脂の固形分重量比を、実施例1の顔料に対する分散剤の固形分重量比と同様になるように増加した。
 具体的には、フェニルホスホン酸とアミノ基を有する塩基性樹脂型分散剤との塩(b3-1)溶液を11.44質量部、カルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液を16.08質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン58(PG58)を13.0質量部、PGMEAを59.48質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液CG-10を得た。
(1-2)比較色材分散液CY-10の製造
 前記色材分散液CG-10において、PG58の代わりに、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138)を用いた以外は、前記色材分散液CG-10と同様にして、色材分散液CY-10を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CG-10の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1及び色材分散液Y-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CG-10及び比較色材分散液CY-10を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物G-1と同じになるよう色材分散液CG-10及び色材分散液CY-10量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG-10を得た。なお、カルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液の調製時に触媒として1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンを用いているが、反応に消費されるものであり、添加された全ての1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンがカルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液に残留したと仮定しても、その含有量は、色材100質量部に対して、0.067質量部である。
(Comparative Example 10)
(1-1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersion CG-10 In Comparative Colorant Dispersion CG-9 of Comparative Example 9, the solid content weight ratio of the dispersant and the binder resin to the pigment was adjusted to the dispersion of the pigment of Example 1. It was increased to be similar to the solids weight ratio of the agent.
Specifically, 11.44 parts by mass of a salt (b3-1) solution of a phenylphosphonic acid and a basic resin-type dispersant having an amino group, and 16 parts of a carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4-1) solution. .08 parts by mass, and C.I. I. 13.0 parts by mass of Pigment Green 58 (PG58), 59.48 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle, and a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) is used for preliminary crushing. ) for 1 hour, then take out zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm, and similarly disperse for 4 hours with a paint shaker as main disintegration. , to obtain a coloring material dispersion CG-10.
(1-2) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersion CY-10 In the colorant dispersion CG-10, C.I. I. A colorant dispersion CY-10 was obtained in the same manner as the colorant dispersion CG-10 except that Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138) was used.
(2) Production of comparative colored curable composition CG-10 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the colorant dispersion G-1 and the colorant dispersion Y-1, the comparative colorant dispersion CG -10 and the comparative colorant dispersion CY-10 were used, and the amount of the colorant dispersion CG-10 and the colorant dispersion CY-10 was adjusted so that the chromaticity was the same as that of the colored curable composition G-1. obtained a comparative colored curable composition CG-10 in the same manner as in Example 1 (2). Although 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene was used as a catalyst during the preparation of the carboxylic acid-based resin-type dispersant (b4-1) solution, it is consumed in the reaction. Yes, even assuming that all the added 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene remained in the carboxylic acid resin type dispersant (b4-1) solution, the content is 0.067 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring material.
(実施例13)
(1)色材分散液R1-1、色材分散液R2-1の製造
 実施例1の色材分散液G-1において、PG58の代わりに、C.I.ピグメントレッド177(PR177)を用いた以外は、前記色材分散液G-1と同様にして、色材分散液R1-1を得た。また、実施例1の色材分散液G-1において、PG58の代わりに、C.I.ピグメントレッド291(PR291)を用いた以外は、前記色材分散液G-1と同様にして、色材分散液R2-1を得た。
(2)着色硬化性組成物R-1の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1を6.86質量部及び色材分散液Y-1を2.94質量部の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液R1-1を2.94質量部及び色材分散液R2-1を6.86質量部用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物R-1を得た。
(Example 13)
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersion Liquid R1-1 and Colorant Dispersion Liquid R2-1 In the colorant dispersion liquid G-1 of Example 1, C.I. I. A colorant dispersion R1-1 was obtained in the same manner as the colorant dispersion G-1 except that Pigment Red 177 (PR177) was used. Further, in the colorant dispersion liquid G-1 of Example 1, C.I. I. A colorant dispersion R2-1 was obtained in the same manner as the colorant dispersion G-1 except that Pigment Red 291 (PR291) was used.
(2) Production of colored curable composition R-1 In (2) of Example 1, 6.86 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion G-1 and 2.94 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion Y-1 Coloring was carried out in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1, except that 2.94 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion R1-1 and 6.86 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion R2-1 were used instead. A curable composition R-1 was obtained.
(実施例14~23)
(1)色材分散液R1-2~R1-11、色材分散液R2-2~R2-11の製造
 実施例13において、グラフト共重合体AとDBUとPPAの代わりに、表5に示すように、グラフト共重合体A、ブロック共重合体B~Dと、含窒素塩基性化合物と酸性基含有化合物とをそれぞれ表5に示す量で組み合わせて用い、PGMEAの量を変更して総質量が100質量部となるように変更した以外は、実施例13と同様にして、色材分散液R1-2~R1-11及び色材分散液R2-2~R2-11を製造した。
(2)着色硬化性組成物R-2~R-11の製造
 実施例13の(2)において、色材分散液R1-1及び色材分散液R2-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液R1-2~R1-11及び色材分散液R2-2~R2-11を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物R-1と同じになるよう色材分散液R1-2~R1-11及び色材分散液R2-2~R2-11量を調整した以外は、実施例13の(2)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物R-2~R-11を得た。
(Examples 14-23)
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersions R1-2 to R1-11 and Colorant Dispersions R2-2 to R2-11 In Example 13, instead of graft copolymer A, DBU and PPA, As shown in Table 5, the graft copolymer A, the block copolymers B to D, the nitrogen-containing basic compound and the acidic group-containing compound were used in combination in the amounts shown in Table 5, and the amount of PGMEA was changed to obtain the total mass Colorant dispersions R1-2 to R1-11 and colorant dispersions R2-2 to R2-11 were produced in the same manner as in Example 13, except that the content was changed to 100 parts by mass.
(2) Production of colored curable compositions R-2 to R-11 In (2) of Example 13, instead of the colorant dispersion R1-1 and the colorant dispersion R2-1, respectively, the colorant dispersion Liquids R1-2 to R1-11 and colorant dispersions R2-2 to R2-11 are used, and colorant dispersions R1-2 to R1-11 are used so that the chromaticity is the same as that of the colored curable composition R-1. And colored curable compositions R-2 to R-11 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 13, except that the amounts of the colorant dispersions R2-2 to R2-11 were adjusted.
(実施例24)
(1)色材分散液R1-12、色材分散液R2-12の製造
 実施例14において、グラフト共重合体Aとブロック共重合体DとDBUとPPAの代わりに、前記塩型グラフト共重合体Aと前記塩型ブロック共重合体Dを用いた以外は、実施例14と同様にして、色材分散液R1-12及び色材分散液R2-12を製造した。色材分散液に用いた塩型グラフト共重合体Aに含まれるDBU及びその含有量と塩型ブロック共重合体に含まれるPPA及びその含有量は、表5においてカッコ内に記載した。
(2)着色硬化性組成物R-12の製造
 実施例13の(2)において、色材分散液R1-1及び色材分散液R2-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液R1-12及び色材分散液R2-12を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物R-1と同じになるよう色材分散液R1-12及び色材分散液R2-12量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物R-12を得た。
(Example 24)
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersion R1-12 and Colorant Dispersion R2-12 In Example 14, instead of the graft copolymer A, block copolymer D, DBU and PPA, Colorant dispersion R1-12 and colorant dispersion R2-12 were produced in the same manner as in Example 14, except that coalescence A and the salt-type block copolymer D were used. The DBU contained in the salt-type graft copolymer A used in the colorant dispersion and its content, and the PPA contained in the salt-type block copolymer and its content are shown in parentheses in Table 5.
(2) Production of colored curable composition R-12 In (2) of Example 13, instead of the colorant dispersion R1-1 and the colorant dispersion R2-1, the colorant dispersion R1-12 And the colorant dispersion R2-12 was used, and the amount of the colorant dispersion R1-12 and the colorant dispersion R2-12 was adjusted so that the chromaticity was the same as that of the colored curable composition R-1. A colored curable composition R-12 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 (2).
(比較例11~17)
(1)比較色材分散液CR1-1~CR1-7、比較色材分散液CR2-1~CR2-7の製造
 実施例13の(1)において、表6に示すように、グラフト共重合体A、ブロック共重合体D又は塩型ブロック共重合体Eと、含窒素塩基性化合物及び/又は酸性基含有化合物とをそれぞれ表6に示す量で用い、PGMEAの量を変更して総質量が100質量部となるように変更した以外は、実施例13と同様にして、比較色材分散液CR1-1~CR1-7及び比較色材分散液CR2-1~CR2-7を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CR-1~CR-7の製造
 実施例13の(2)において、色材分散液R1-1及び色材分散液R2-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CR1-1~CR1-7及び比較色材分散液CR2-1~CR2-7を用い、色度が着色硬化性組成物R-1と同じになるよう比較色材分散液CR1-1~CR1-7及び比較色材分散液CR2-1~CR2-7量を調整した以外は、実施例13の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CR-1~CR-7を得た。
(Comparative Examples 11 to 17)
(1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersions CR1-1 to CR1-7 and Comparative Colorant Dispersions CR2-1 to CR2-7 In (1) of Example 13, as shown in Table 6, the graft copolymer A, block copolymer D or salt-type block copolymer E, and nitrogen-containing basic compound and/or acidic group-containing compound were used in amounts shown in Table 6, respectively, and the amount of PGMEA was changed to give a total mass of Comparative colorant dispersions CR1-1 to CR1-7 and comparative colorant dispersions CR2-1 to CR2-7 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 13, except that the content was changed to 100 parts by mass.
(2) Production of comparative colored curable compositions CR-1 to CR-7 In (2) of Example 13, instead of the colorant dispersion R1-1 and the colorant dispersion R2-1, the comparative colors Using the material dispersions CR1-1 to CR1-7 and the comparative colorant dispersions CR2-1 to CR2-7, the comparative colorant dispersion CR1-1 is used so that the chromaticity is the same as the colored curable composition R-1. Comparative colored curable compositions CR-1 to CR-7 were prepared in the same manner as in (2) of Example 13, except that the amounts of -CR1-7 and comparative colorant dispersions CR2-1 to CR2-7 were adjusted. Obtained.
(実施例25)
(1)色材分散液B-1の製造
 実施例1の色材分散液G-1において、PG58の代わりに、前記調製例2の青色レーキ色材1を用いた以外は、前記色材分散液G-1と同様にして、色材分散液B-1を得た。
(2)着色硬化性組成物B-1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液B-1を6.78質量部、調製例1で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂α溶液を1.46質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を1.36質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASFジャパン製)を0.09質量部、1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)](光開始剤:商品名イルガキュアOXE01、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.04質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックR-08MH、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを10.11質量部加え、着色硬化性組成物B-1を得た。
(Example 25)
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersion B-1 In the colorant dispersion G-1 of Example 1, instead of PG58, the blue lake colorant 1 of Preparation Example 2 was used, except that the colorant dispersion A coloring material dispersion B-1 was obtained in the same manner as the liquid G-1.
(2) Production of colored curable composition B-1 6.78 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion B-1 obtained in the above (1), and 1.5 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin α solution obtained in Preparation Example 1. 46 parts by mass, 1.36 parts by mass of a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropane-1 -On (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.09 parts by mass, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (light Initiator: 0.09 parts by mass of Irgacure 369 (trade name, manufactured by BASF Japan), 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-,2-(O-benzoyloxime)] (photoinitiator: 0.04 parts by mass of Irgacure OXE01 (trade name, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.), 0.07 parts by mass of a fluorine-based surfactant (trade name, Megafac R-08MH, manufactured by DIC Corporation), and 10 parts by mass of PGMEA. 11 parts by mass were added to obtain a colored curable composition B-1.
(実施例26~35)
(1)色材分散液B-2~B-11の製造
 実施例25において、グラフト共重合体AとDBUとPPAの代わりに、表7に示すように、グラフト共重合体A、ブロック共重合体B~Dと、含窒素塩基性化合物と酸性基含有化合物とをそれぞれ表7に示す量で組み合わせて用い、PGMEAの量を変更して総質量が100質量部となるように変更した以外は、実施例25と同様にして、色材分散液B-2~B-11を製造した。
(2)着色硬化性組成物B-2~B-11の製造
 実施例25の(2)において、色材分散液B-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液B-2~B-11を用いた以外は、実施例25の(2)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物B-2~B-11を得た。
(Examples 26-35)
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersions B-2 to B-11 In Example 25, instead of graft copolymer A, DBU and PPA, graft copolymer A, block copolymer Coalescence B to D, the nitrogen-containing basic compound and the acidic group-containing compound were used in combination in the amounts shown in Table 7, respectively, and the amount of PGMEA was changed so that the total mass was 100 parts by mass. , and in the same manner as in Example 25, colorant dispersions B-2 to B-11 were produced.
(2) Production of colored curable compositions B-2 to B-11 In (2) of Example 25, instead of the colorant dispersion B-1, the colorant dispersions B-2 to B-11, respectively Colored curable compositions B-2 to B-11 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 25 (2), except that the was used.
(実施例36)
(1)色材分散液B-12の製造
 実施例26において、グラフト共重合体Aとブロック共重合体DとDBUとPPAの代わりに、前記塩型グラフト共重合体Aと前記塩型ブロック共重合体Dを用いた以外は、実施例26と同様にして、色材分散液B-12を製造した。色材分散液に用いた塩型グラフト共重合体Aに含まれるDBU及びその含有量と塩型ブロック共重合体に含まれるPPA及びその含有量は、表7においてカッコ内に記載した。
(2)着色硬化性組成物B-12の製造
 実施例25の(2)において、色材分散液B-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液B-12を用いた以外は、実施例25の(2)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物B-12を得た。
(Example 36)
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersion B-12 In Example 26, instead of the graft copolymer A, the block copolymer D, DBU and PPA, the salt-type graft copolymer A and the salt-type block copolymer A coloring material dispersion B-12 was produced in the same manner as in Example 26, except that polymer D was used. The DBU contained in the salt-type graft copolymer A used in the colorant dispersion and its content, and the PPA contained in the salt-type block copolymer and its content are shown in parentheses in Table 7.
(2) Production of colored curable composition B-12 In (2) of Example 25, instead of the colorant dispersion B-1, the colorant dispersion B-12 was used, respectively. A colored curable composition B-12 was obtained in the same manner as in (2) of 25.
(比較例18~24)
(1)比較色材分散液CB-1~CB-7の製造
 実施例25の(1)において、表8に示すように、グラフト共重合体A、ブロック共重合体D又は塩型ブロック共重合体Eと、含窒素塩基性化合物及び/又は酸性基含有化合物とをそれぞれ表8に示す量で用い、PGMEAの量を変更して総質量が100質量部となるように変更した以外は、実施例25と同様にして、比較色材分散液CB-1~CB-7を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CB-1~CB-7の製造
 実施例25の(2)において、色材分散液B-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CB-1~CB-7を用いた以外は、実施例25の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CB-1~CB-7を得た。
(Comparative Examples 18-24)
(1) Production of Comparative Colorant Dispersions CB-1 to CB-7 In (1) of Example 25, as shown in Table 8, graft copolymer A, block copolymer D or salt-type block copolymer Coalescence E and the nitrogen-containing basic compound and/or the acidic group-containing compound were used in the amounts shown in Table 8, respectively, and the amount of PGMEA was changed so that the total mass was 100 parts by mass. Comparative colorant dispersions CB-1 to CB-7 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 25.
(2) Production of comparative colored curable compositions CB-1 to CB-7 In (2) of Example 25, instead of the colorant dispersion B-1, the comparative colorant dispersions CB-1 to CB, respectively Comparative colored curable compositions CB-1 to CB-7 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 25 (2) except that -7 was used.
(実施例37)
(1)修飾色材1の製造
 PG58を70質量部、PY138を30質量部、DBUを2.9質量部、PPAを3.6質量部を、双腕型ニーダー装置に仕込み、25℃で3時間混練することで、修飾色材1を得た。
(Example 37)
(1) Production of Modified Coloring Material 1 70 parts by mass of PG58, 30 parts by mass of PY138, 2.9 parts by mass of DBU, and 3.6 parts by mass of PPA were placed in a double-arm kneader and kneaded for 3 at 25°C. A modified coloring material 1 was obtained by kneading for a long time.
(2)色材分散液G-37の製造
 前記修飾色材1を13.85質量部、グラフト共重合体Aを4.83質量部、ブロック共重合体Dを3.43質量部、PGMEAを77.90質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液G-37を得た。
(2) Production of colorant dispersion liquid G-37 13.85 parts by mass of the modified colorant 1, 4.83 parts by mass of graft copolymer A, 3.43 parts by mass of block copolymer D, and PGMEA 77.90 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle and shaken for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) for preliminary crushing, followed by a particle size of 2.0 mm. The zirconia beads were taken out, 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle size of 0.1 mm were added, and dispersion was similarly carried out for 4 hours using a paint shaker as main pulverization to obtain a colorant dispersion liquid G-37.
(3)着色硬化性組成物G-37の製造
 上記(2)で得られた色材分散液G-37を9.80質量部、調製例1で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂α溶液を0.69質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.83質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.05質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASFジャパン製)を0.05質量部、1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)](光開始剤:商品名イルガキュアOXE01、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックR-08MH、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを8.48質量部加え、着色硬化性組成物G-37を得た。
(3) Production of Colored Curable Composition G-37 9.80 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion G-37 obtained in (2) above and 0.8 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin α solution obtained in Preparation Example 1 were added. 69 parts by mass, 0.83 parts by mass of a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropane-1 -On (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.05 parts by mass, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (light Initiator: 0.05 parts by mass of Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF Japan), 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-,2-(O-benzoyloxime)] (photoinitiator: 0.02 parts by mass of Irgacure OXE01 (trade name, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.), 0.07 parts by mass of a fluorine-based surfactant (trade name, Megafac R-08MH, manufactured by DIC Corporation), and 8 parts of PGMEA. 48 parts by mass were added to obtain a colored curable composition G-37.
(比較例25)
(1)比較修飾色材1の製造
 実施例37の修飾色材1において、DBUを用いなかった以外は修飾色材1と同様にして、比較修飾色材1を得た。
(Comparative Example 25)
(1) Production of Comparative Modified Colorant 1 Comparative modified colorant 1 was obtained in the same manner as Modified Colorant 1 except that DBU was not used in Modified Colorant 1 of Example 37.
(2)色材分散液CG-25、及び着色硬化性組成物CG-25の製造
 色材分散液G-37において、修飾色材1の代わりに、比較修飾色材1を用いた以外は色材分散液G-37と同様にして、色材分散液CG-25を得た。
 また、着色硬化性組成物G-37において、色材分散液G-37の代わりに、色材分散液CG-25を用いた以外は着色硬化性組成物G-37と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物CG-25を得た。
(2) Production of colorant dispersion CG-25 and colored curable composition CG-25 In colorant dispersion G-37, instead of modified colorant 1, comparative modified colorant 1 was used. Colorant dispersion CG-25 was obtained in the same manner as material dispersion G-37.
Further, in the colored curable composition G-37, in the same manner as the colored curable composition G-37, except that the colorant dispersion CG-25 was used instead of the colorant dispersion G-37. A sexual composition CG-25 was obtained.
(実施例38)
(1)修飾色材2の製造
 実施例37の修飾色材1において、PG58を70質量部及びPY138を30質量部の代わりに、PR177を30質量部及びPR291を70質量部用いた以外は修飾色材1と同様にして、修飾色材2を得た。
(Example 38)
(1) Production of Modified Colorant 2 Modified except that 30 parts by mass of PR177 and 70 parts by mass of PR291 were used instead of 70 parts by mass of PG58 and 30 parts by mass of PY138 in the modified colorant 1 of Example 37. A modified colorant 2 was obtained in the same manner as the colorant 1.
(2)色材分散液R-38、及び着色硬化性組成物R-38の製造
 色材分散液G-37において、修飾色材1の代わりに、修飾色材2を用いた以外は色材分散液G-37にと同様にして、色材分散液R-38を得た。
 また、着色硬化性組成物G-37において、色材分散液G-37の代わりに、色材分散液R-38を用いた以外は着色硬化性組成物G-37と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物R-38を得た。
(2) Production of colorant dispersion liquid R-38 and colored curable composition R-38 In colorant dispersion liquid G-37, instead of modified colorant 1, modified colorant 2 was used. Colorant dispersion R-38 was obtained in the same manner as dispersion G-37.
Further, in the colored curable composition G-37, in the same manner as the colored curable composition G-37, except that the colorant dispersion R-38 was used instead of the colorant dispersion G-37. A sexual composition R-38 was obtained.
(比較例26)
(1)比較修飾色材2の製造
 実施例38の修飾色材2において、DBUを用いなかった以外は修飾色材2と同様にして、比較修飾色材2を得た。
(Comparative Example 26)
(1) Production of Comparative Modified Colorant 2 Comparative modified colorant 2 was obtained in the same manner as modified colorant 2 of Example 38, except that DBU was not used.
(2)色材分散液CR-26、及び着色硬化性組成物CR-26の製造
 色材分散液G-37において、修飾色材1の代わりに、比較修飾色材2を用いた以外は色材分散液G-37と同様にして、色材分散液CR-26を得た。
 また、着色硬化性組成物R-38において、色材分散液R-38の代わりに、色材分散液CR-26を用いた以外は着色硬化性組成物R-38と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物CR-26を得た。
(2) Production of colorant dispersion liquid CR-26 and colored curable composition CR-26 In colorant dispersion liquid G-37, instead of modified colorant 1, comparative modified colorant 2 was used. Colorant dispersion CR-26 was obtained in the same manner as material dispersion G-37.
Further, in the colored curable composition R-38, instead of the colorant dispersion R-38, except that the colorant dispersion CR-26 was used, in the same manner as the colored curable composition R-38, colored curing A sexual composition CR-26 was obtained.
(実施例39)
(1)修飾色材3の製造
 実施例37の修飾色材1において、PG58を70質量部及びPY138を30質量部の代わりに、調製例2の青色レーキ色材を100質量部用いた以外は修飾色材1と同様にして、修飾色材3を得た。
(Example 39)
(1) Production of modified colorant 3 In modified colorant 1 of Example 37, instead of 70 parts by mass of PG58 and 30 parts by mass of PY138, 100 parts by mass of the blue lake colorant of Preparation Example 2 was used. A modified colorant 3 was obtained in the same manner as the modified colorant 1.
(2)色材分散液B-39、及び着色硬化性組成物B-39の製造
 色材分散液G-37において、修飾色材1の代わりに、修飾色材3を用いた以外は色材分散液G-37にと同様にして、色材分散液B-39を得た。
 上記で得られた色材分散液B-39を6.78質量部、調製例1で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂α溶液を1.46質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を1.36質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASFジャパン製)を0.09質量部、1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)](光開始剤:商品名イルガキュアOXE01、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.04質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックR-08MH、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを10.11質量部加え、着色硬化性組成物B-39を得た。
(2) Production of Colorant Dispersion B-39 and Colored Curable Composition B-39 In Colorant Dispersion G-37, instead of Modified Colorant 1, Modified Colorant 3 was used. Colorant dispersion B-39 was obtained in the same manner as dispersion G-37.
6.78 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion B-39 obtained above, 1.46 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin α solution obtained in Preparation Example 1, a polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 1.36 parts by mass, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, BASF Co., Ltd. Japan) is 0.09 parts by mass, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF Japan) is 0.09 Parts by mass, 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-,2-(O-benzoyloxime)] (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) to 0.04 Parts by mass, 0.07 parts by mass of a fluorosurfactant (trade name Megafac R-08MH, manufactured by DIC Corporation), and 10.11 parts by mass of PGMEA were added to obtain a colored curable composition B-39. .
(比較例27)
(1)比較修飾色材3の製造
 実施例39の修飾色材3において、DBUを用いなかった以外は修飾色材3と同様にして、比較修飾色材3を得た。
(Comparative Example 27)
(1) Production of Comparative Modified Colorant 3 Comparative modified colorant 3 was obtained in the same manner as Modified Colorant 3 except that DBU was not used in Modified Colorant 3 of Example 39.
(2)色材分散液CB-27、及び着色硬化性組成物CB-27の製造
 色材分散液G-37において、修飾色材1の代わりに、比較修飾色材3を用いた以外は色材分散液G-37と同様にして、色材分散液CB-27を得た。
 また、着色硬化性組成物B-39において、色材分散液B-39の代わりに、色材分散液CB-27を用いた以外は着色硬化性組成物B-39と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物CB-27を得た。
(2) Production of colorant dispersion CB-27 and colored curable composition CB-27 In colorant dispersion G-37, instead of modified colorant 1, comparative modified colorant 3 was used. A coloring material dispersion CB-27 was obtained in the same manner as the material dispersion G-37.
Further, in the colored curable composition B-39, instead of the colorant dispersion B-39, in the same manner as the colored curable composition B-39 except that the colorant dispersion CB-27 was used, colored curing A sexual composition CB-27 was obtained.
[評価方法]
<光学性能、輝度>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色硬化性組成物を、それぞれガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いてポストベーク後に、Greenはy=0.575、Redはx=0.645、Blueはy=0.090となる着色層を形成する膜厚で塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥することにより、ガラス基板上に着色層を形成した。この着色層に超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。次に、当該着色基板を230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークし、着色基板を作成した。
 ポストベーク後の各着色層について、色度(x、y)、輝度(Y)をオリンパス製顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200を用いて測定した。
 Greenはy=0.575、Redはx=0.645、Blueはy=0.090のときの輝度を求めた。値が大きいほど、輝度が高いことを示す。
[Evaluation method]
<Optical performance, brightness>
The colored curable compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were each placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35"), and after post-baking using a spin coater, Green was y = 0. .575, x = 0.645 for Red, and y = 0.090 for Blue. to form a colored layer. This colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ/cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. Next, the colored substrate was post-baked in a clean oven at 230° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a colored substrate.
Chromaticity (x, y) and luminance (Y) of each colored layer after post-baking were measured using an Olympus spectrophotometer OSP-SP200.
Luminance was obtained when y=0.575 for Green, x=0.645 for Red, and y=0.090 for Blue. A larger value indicates a higher brightness.
<耐熱性>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色硬化性組成物を、それぞれガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いてポストベーク後に、Greenはy=0.575、Redはx=0.645、Blueはy=0.090となる着色層を形成する膜厚で塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥することにより、ガラス基板上に着色層を形成した。この着色層に超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。
 次に、当該着色基板を230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークし、着色基板を作成した。
 ポストベーク前後の各着色層について、ポストベーク前の色度(L、a、b)、ポストベーク後の色度(L、a、b)をオリンパス製顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200を用いて測定した。
 下記式により、ポストベーク前後の着色膜の色度変化を評価した。結果を表に示す。
   ΔEab={(L-L)2+(a-a)2+(b-b1/2
ΔEabの値が小さいほど、耐熱性に優れると評価される。
<Heat resistance>
The colored curable compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were each placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35"), and after post-baking using a spin coater, Green was y = 0. .575, x = 0.645 for Red, and y = 0.090 for Blue. to form a colored layer. This colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ/cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp.
Next, the colored substrate was post-baked in a clean oven at 230° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a colored substrate.
For each colored layer before and after post-baking, the chromaticity (L 0 , a 0 , b 0 ) before post-baking and the chromaticity (L 1 , a 1 , b 1 ) after post-baking were measured using an Olympus spectroscopic spectrometer OSP. - Measured using SP200.
The chromaticity change of the colored film before and after post-baking was evaluated by the following formula. The results are shown in the table.
ΔEab={(L 1 −L 0 )2+(a 1 −a 0 )2+(b 1 −b 0 ) 2 } 1/2
The smaller the value of ΔEab, the more excellent the heat resistance is evaluated.
<塗膜の異物評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色硬化性組成物を、それぞれガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いてポストベーク後に厚さ2.3μmの着色層を形成する膜厚で塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥することにより、ガラス基板上に着色層を形成した。この着色層に超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、着色基板を作成した。作成した着色基板について光学顕微鏡を用いて塗膜中の異物の有無を観察した。
評価A:10mm×10mmの範囲に100nm以上の物体が2個未満
評価B:10mm×10mmの範囲に100nm以上の物体が2個以上6個未満
評価C:10mm×10mmの範囲に100nm以上の物体6個以上
評価結果がBであれば異物評価は良好であり、評価結果がAであれば異物評価に優れている。
<Evaluation of Foreign Matter in Coating Film>
Each of the colored curable compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples was coated on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") with a thickness of 2.3 μm after post-baking using a spin coater. After coating with a film thickness that forms a colored layer, the colored layer was formed on the glass substrate by drying at 80° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. This colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ/cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp to prepare a colored substrate. The presence or absence of foreign matter in the coating film of the prepared colored substrate was observed using an optical microscope.
Evaluation A: Less than 2 objects of 100 nm or more in the range of 10 mm × 10 mm Evaluation B: 2 or more and less than 6 objects of 100 nm or more in the range of 10 mm × 10 mm Evaluation C: Objects of 100 nm or more in the range of 10 mm × 10 mm If the evaluation result of 6 or more is B, the foreign matter evaluation is good, and if the evaluation result is A, the foreign matter evaluation is excellent.
 上記で得られた実施例及び比較例で得られた色材分散液及び着色硬化性組成物について、上記評価を行った。評価結果を表3~表9に示す。 The above evaluation was performed on the colorant dispersions and colored curable compositions obtained in the examples and comparative examples obtained above. Evaluation results are shown in Tables 3 to 9.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
なお表中の略称は以下のとおりである。
DBU:1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデセン-7
DMAN:1,8-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ナフタレン
MTBD:7-メチル-1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン
PPA:フェニルホスホン酸
PPH:フェニルホスフィン酸
PDB:リン酸ジブチル
p-TS:p-トルエンスルホン酸
前記DBU、DMAN、MTBD、PPA、PPH、PDB、p-TSはいずれも波長400nm~波長700nmの範囲の透過率が90%以上である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
The abbreviations in the table are as follows.
DBU: 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undecene-7
DMAN: 1,8-bis(dimethylamino)naphthalene MTBD: 7-methyl-1,5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene PPA: phenylphosphonic acid PPH: phenylphosphinic acid PDB : dibutyl phosphate p-TS: p-toluenesulfonic acid DBU, DMAN, MTBD, PPA, PPH, PDB and p-TS all have a transmittance of 90% or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
なお表中の略称は以下のとおりである。
DMAPAA:ジメチルアミノプロピルアクリルアミド
2-NA:2-ナフトエ酸
MAA:メタクリル酸
前記DMAPAA、2-NA、MAAはいずれも波長400nm~波長700nmの範囲の透過率が90%以上である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
The abbreviations in the table are as follows.
DMAPAA: dimethylaminopropyl acrylamide 2-NA: 2-naphthoic acid MAA: methacrylic acid DMAPAA, 2-NA and MAA all have a transmittance of 90% or more in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
[結果のまとめ]
 実施例及び比較例の比較により、色材に、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを特定の含有割合で組み合わせた実施例1~39では、加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上し、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能であることが明らかにされた。実施例1~39により、色材に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを特定の含有割合で組み合わせた場合には、色材分散液調製時にこれらを混合しても、予め共重合体とpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物やpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とが塩形成した塩型共重合体とした分散剤を用いて色材を分散させても、予めpKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物とpKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを色材と混合した修飾色材を調製して分散剤を用いて修飾色材を分散させても、いずれも加熱時の色度変化が抑制され、輝度が向上し、異物発生が抑制された塗膜を形成可能であることが明らかにされた。
 それに対して、比較例1、6、11、16、18及び23のように、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物とを組み合わせても、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物を含まない場合には、加熱時の色度変化抑制効果が劣り、輝度が劣るものであった。
 また、比較例7、17、24、25、26、及び27のように、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体を含む分散剤と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物を組み合わせても、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物を含まない場合には、加熱時の色度変化抑制効果が劣り、輝度が劣るものであった。
 また、比較例2、12、及び19のように、塩基性分散剤と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物を組み合わせた場合には、加熱時の色度変化抑制効果が劣り、輝度が劣るものであった。
 また、比較例3、13、及び20のように、塩基性分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを組み合わせた場合には、塗膜に異物が発生し、加熱時の色度変化抑制効果が劣り、輝度が劣るものであった。
 また、比較例4、5、14、15、21及び22のように、特許文献1の実施例に用いられている溶剤可溶性部位Aブロックに酸性基をランダムに含有する塩基性分散剤を用いた場合、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを組み合わせると塗膜に異物が発生してしまい(比較例5、15、及び22)、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物の代わりにpKaが4超過の酸性基含有化合物を用いると、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物を用いた場合よりも塗膜の異物の発生が少し抑えられるものの、加熱時の色度変化抑制効果が劣り、輝度が劣るものであった(比較例4、14、及び21)。
 また、比較例8のように、特許文献2の実施例に用いられているリン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b2-1)溶液、カルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液、及び塩基性樹脂型分散剤(b1-7)溶液を組み合わせて用いたり、比較例9及び10のように、特許文献2の実施例に用いられているフェニルホスホン酸とアミノ基を有する塩基性樹脂型分散剤との塩(b3-1)溶液、及びカルボン酸系樹脂型分散剤(b4-1)溶液を組み合わせて用いても、加熱時の色度変化抑制効果が劣り、輝度が劣るものであった。
[Summary of results]
By comparing Examples and Comparative Examples, it was found that the coloring material includes a dispersant containing a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation, and a dispersant having a pKa of less than 10 mgKOH/g. In Examples 1 to 39 in which a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a value of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less were combined at a specific content ratio, the chromaticity change during heating was suppressed, It was clarified that it is possible to form a coating film with improved brightness and suppressed generation of foreign matter. According to Examples 1 to 39, a dispersant containing a polymer having a constitutional unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value before salt formation of less than 10 mgKOH/g as a colorant, and a pKa of 11.5. When a nitrogen-containing basic compound of 5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are combined at a specific content ratio, even if these are mixed during preparation of the colorant dispersion, copolymerization can be performed in advance. The colorant may be dispersed using a dispersant in the form of a salt-type copolymer obtained by forming a salt with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more or an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less. First, a modified coloring material is prepared by mixing a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less with a coloring material, and the modifying coloring material is dispersed using a dispersant. It has been clarified that, even if the temperature is reduced, it is possible to form a coating film in which the chromaticity change during heating is suppressed, the luminance is improved, and the generation of foreign matter is suppressed.
On the other hand, as in Comparative Examples 1, 6, 11, 16, 18 and 23, polymers having structural units represented by general formula (I) and having an amine value before salt formation of less than 10 mgKOH/g and a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, but not containing an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, the chromaticity change suppressing effect during heating was inferior, and the luminance was inferior.
Further, as in Comparative Examples 7, 17, 24, 25, 26, and 27, a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value before salt formation of less than 10 mgKOH/g Even if a dispersant containing a dispersant and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are combined, if a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more is not contained, the effect of suppressing chromaticity change during heating is inferior. , the luminance was inferior.
In addition, as in Comparative Examples 2, 12, and 19, when a basic dispersant and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less were combined, the effect of suppressing chromaticity change during heating was inferior, and luminance was inferior.
Further, as in Comparative Examples 3, 13, and 20, when a basic dispersant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less were combined. However, foreign matter was generated in the coating film, the chromaticity change suppressing effect during heating was poor, and the luminance was poor.
Further, as in Comparative Examples 4, 5, 14, 15, 21 and 22, a basic dispersant containing randomly acidic groups in the solvent-soluble site A block used in Examples of Patent Document 1 was used. In this case, when a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are combined, foreign matter is generated in the coating film (Comparative Examples 5, 15, and 22). , When an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of more than 4 is used instead of an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, foreign matter in the coating film is more likely to be produced than when an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is used. Although the occurrence was slightly suppressed, the chromaticity change suppressing effect during heating was inferior, and the brightness was inferior (Comparative Examples 4, 14, and 21).
Further, as in Comparative Example 8, the phosphoric acid-based resin dispersant (b2-1) solution, the carboxylic acid-based resin dispersant (b4-1) solution, and the base used in Examples of Patent Document 2 A basic resin type dispersant having a phenylphosphonic acid and an amino group used in Examples of Patent Document 2, such as Comparative Examples 9 and 10, or using a combination of a resin type dispersant (b1-7) solution Even when the salt (b3-1) solution with the agent and the carboxylic acid resin type dispersant (b4-1) solution were used in combination, the effect of suppressing chromaticity change during heating was poor, and the brightness was poor. .
 1 基板
 2 遮光部
 3 着色層
 10 カラーフィルタ
 20 対向基板
 30 液晶層
 40 液晶表示装置
 50 有機保護層
 60 無機酸化膜
 71 透明陽極
 72 正孔注入層
 73 正孔輸送層
 74 発光層
 75 電子注入層
 76 陰極
 80 有機発光体
100 有機発光表示装置
REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 1 substrate 2 light shielding part 3 colored layer 10 color filter 20 counter substrate 30 liquid crystal layer 40 liquid crystal display device 50 organic protective layer 60 inorganic oxide film 71 transparent anode 72 hole injection layer 73 hole transport layer 74 light emitting layer 75 electron injection layer 76 Cathode 80 Organic Light Emitting Body 100 Organic Light Emitting Display

Claims (17)

  1.  色材と、分散剤と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物と、溶剤とを含有し、
     前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを、前記色材100質量部に対して、それぞれ、0.1質量部~30.0質量部含有し、
     前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体を含む、色材分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Qは、酸性基である。)
    A coloring material, a dispersant, a nitrogen-containing basic compound with a pKa of 11.5 or more, an acidic group-containing compound with a pKa of 4.0 or less, and a solvent,
    The nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less are added in an amount of 0.1 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass, respectively, based on 100 parts by mass of the coloring material. Contains 0 parts by mass,
    A colorant dispersion liquid in which the dispersant contains a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In general formula (I), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.)
  2.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体において、前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物とが塩を形成している、請求項1に記載の色材分散液。 In a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation, at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I); 2. The colorant dispersion according to claim 1, which forms a salt with a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or higher.
  3.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体が、
     前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体、及び当該グラフト共重合体において前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩基性化合物とが塩を形成している塩型グラフト共重合体、並びに、
     前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体、及び当該ブロック共重合体において前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩基性化合物とが塩を形成している塩型ブロック共重合体、の少なくとも1種である、請求項1又は2に記載の色材分散液。
    A polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value before salt formation of less than 10 mgKOH/g,
    A graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer and a basic compound form a salt. a salt-type graft copolymer, and
    A block copolymer having an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) in the block copolymer and a basic compound 3. The coloring material dispersion liquid according to claim 1, wherein is at least one salt type block copolymer forming a salt.
  4.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体が、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位として、下記一般式(II-1)で表される構成単位と下記一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位とを有する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (一般式(II-1)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
    一般式(II-2)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rは、酸素原子を含んでもよい脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、Rは、炭化水素基を表す。)
    A polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation is represented by the general formula (I) as a structural unit represented by the following general formula ( 4. The colorant dispersion according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising a structural unit represented by II-1) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II-2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In general formula (II-1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,
    In general formula (II-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom, and R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group. )
  5.  前記分散剤が、
     前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位と、下記一般式(III)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体であり、当該一般式(III)中のポリマー鎖が下記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むグラフト共重合体、及び当該グラフト共重合体において前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩基性化合物とが塩を形成している塩型グラフト共重合体、並びに、
     前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックと、下記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を含むBブロックを有し、当該Bブロックに下記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むブロック共重合体、及び当該ブロック共重合体において前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩基性化合物とが塩を形成している塩型ブロック共重合体、
    の少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (一般式(III)中、R1”は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは直接結合又は2価の連結基、Polymerはポリマー鎖を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (一般式(IV)中、R11は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは2価の連結基、Rは、置換基を有してもよく、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (一般式(V)中、R11’は水素原子又はメチル基、A2’は2価の連結基、Rはエチレン基又はプロピレン基、Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、mは2以上80以下の数を表す。
    一般式(V’)中、R11”は水素原子又はメチル基、A2”は2価の連結基、R6’は、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、kは3以上7以下の整数、nは2以上80以下の数を表す。)
    The dispersant is
    A graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III), wherein the polymer chain in the general formula (III) is represented by the following general formula ( V) and a graft copolymer containing at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the following general formula (V'), and in the graft copolymer, A salt-type graft copolymer in which at least part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) and a basic compound form a salt, and
    It has an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV), and the B block is represented by the following general formula (V) and a block copolymer containing at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by the following general formula (V′), and the block copolymer in which the general formula (I ) a salt-type block copolymer in which at least part of the acidic groups contained in ) and a basic compound form a salt,
    The colorant dispersion liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 4, comprising at least one of
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In general formula (III), R 1″ represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 1 represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Polymer represents a polymer chain.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In general formula (IV), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2 is a divalent linking group, R 4 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and which may contain a hetero atom. .)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In general formula (V), R 11′ is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2′ is a divalent linking group, R 5 is an ethylene group or a propylene group, and R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. , m represents a number of 2 or more and 80 or less.
    In general formula (V′), R 11″ is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2″ is a divalent linking group, R 6′ is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and k is 3 or more and 7 or less. An integer, n represents a number of 2 or more and 80 or less. )
  6.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が10mgKOH/g未満の重合体の、塩形成前の酸価が20~250mgKOH/gである、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液。 Claim 1, wherein the polymer having structural units represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of less than 10 mgKOH/g before salt formation has an acid value of 20 to 250 mgKOH/g before salt formation. 6. The colorant dispersion liquid according to any one of 1 to 5.
  7.  前記分散剤が、更に、下記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が35mgKOH/g以上の重合体を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (一般式(VI)中、R31は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R32及びR33は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R32及びR33が互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。)
    Any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the dispersant further comprises a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (VI) and having an amine value of 35 mgKOH/g or more before salt formation. The colorant dispersion liquid described in .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In general formula (VI), R 31 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 3 is a divalent linking group, R 32 and R 33 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a carbon atom that may contain a hetero atom. represents a hydrogen group, and R 32 and R 33 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.)
  8.  前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位を有し、塩形成前のアミン価が35mgKOH/g以上の重合体において、前記一般式(VI)で表される構成単位の末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とが塩を形成している、請求項7に記載の色材分散液。 In a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) and having an amine value of 35 mgKOH/g or more before salt formation, the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (VI) 8. The colorant dispersion according to claim 7, wherein at least a part thereof and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less form a salt.
  9.  前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とは、それぞれ、波長400nm~波長700nmの範囲の透過率が90%以上である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液。 The nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less each have a transmittance of 90% or more in a wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm. Item 9. The colorant dispersion according to any one of Items 1 to 8.
  10.  前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物が、下記一般式(1)及び一般式(2)で表される化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物である、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (一般式(1)において、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。
    一般式(2)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。但し、R及びRの少なくとも一つは炭素原子を含む。)
    Claims 1 to 1, wherein the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) and (2): 10. The colorant dispersion liquid according to any one of 9.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (In the general formula (1), R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a benzyl group, or -O- R b represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or a C 1 to 4 It represents a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group.
    In general formula (2), each of R c and R d may independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, or a substituent. represents a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or —O—R e , where R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group optionally having a substituent, or It represents a benzyl group or a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. However, at least one of Rc and Rd contains a carbon atom. )
  11.  色材と、pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを含有し、前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とを、前記色材100質量部に対して、それぞれ、0.1質量部~30.0質量部含有する、修飾色材。 a coloring material, a nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more, and an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less, wherein the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more; A modified colorant containing an acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less and 0.1 to 30.0 parts by mass of each of 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
  12.  前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物とは、それぞれ、波長400nm~波長700nmの範囲の透過率が90%以上である、請求項11に記載の修飾色材。 The nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less each have a transmittance of 90% or more in a wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm. Item 12. The modified colorant according to item 11.
  13.  前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物が、下記一般式(1)及び一般式(2)で表される化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物である、請求項11又は12に記載の修飾色材。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (一般式(1)において、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。
    一般式(2)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。但し、R及びRの少なくとも一つは炭素原子を含む。)
    The acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulas (1) and (2), or 13. The modified colorant according to 12.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In the general formula (1), R a is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent or a benzyl group, or -O- R b represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or a benzyl group, or a C 1 to 4 It represents a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group.
    In general formula (2), each of R c and R d may independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, or a substituent. represents a phenyl group, a benzyl group, or —O—R e , where R e is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group optionally having a substituent, or It represents a benzyl group or a (meth)acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. However, at least one of Rc and Rd contains a carbon atom. )
  14.  前記pKaが11.5以上の含窒素塩基性化合物の少なくとも一部と、前記pKaが4.0以下の酸性基含有化合物の少なくとも一部とが、塩形成している、請求項11~13のいずれか1項に記載の修飾色材。 At least part of the nitrogen-containing basic compound having a pKa of 11.5 or more and at least part of the acidic group-containing compound having a pKa of 4.0 or less form a salt according to claims 11 to 13. The modified colorant according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  15.  請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液と、重合性化合物と、開始剤とを含有する、着色硬化性組成物。 A colored curable composition containing the colorant dispersion according to any one of claims 1 to 10, a polymerizable compound, and an initiator.
  16.  基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項15に記載の着色硬化性組成物の硬化物である、カラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the colored curable composition according to claim 15.
  17.  前記請求項16に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、表示装置。 A display device having the color filter according to claim 16.
PCT/JP2022/009303 2021-03-24 2022-03-04 Color material liquid dispersion, modified color material, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device WO2022202208A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023508900A JPWO2022202208A1 (en) 2021-03-24 2022-03-04
CN202280019597.7A CN117043280A (en) 2021-03-24 2022-03-04 Color material dispersion liquid, modified color material, colored curable composition, color filter, and display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021049746 2021-03-24
JP2021-049746 2021-03-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022202208A1 true WO2022202208A1 (en) 2022-09-29

Family

ID=83396931

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/009303 WO2022202208A1 (en) 2021-03-24 2022-03-04 Color material liquid dispersion, modified color material, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022202208A1 (en)
CN (1) CN117043280A (en)
TW (1) TW202307038A (en)
WO (1) WO2022202208A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS63248864A (en) * 1987-04-03 1988-10-17 Dainichi Color & Chem Mfg Co Ltd Readily dispersible copper phthalocyanine pigment composition and production thereof
JP2007041330A (en) * 2005-08-04 2007-02-15 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Green pigment composition for color filter
WO2010122777A1 (en) * 2009-04-24 2010-10-28 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, color filter, and color liquid crystal display element
WO2011013318A1 (en) * 2009-07-29 2011-02-03 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP2012098381A (en) * 2010-10-29 2012-05-24 Kao Corp Red pigment dispersion material for color filter
JP6605783B1 (en) * 2018-04-26 2019-11-13 大塚化学株式会社 Dispersant composition, coloring composition and color filter
WO2020071041A1 (en) * 2018-10-02 2020-04-09 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Color material dispersion, colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
JP2020164555A (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-08 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Red coloring resin composition for color filter, red coloring material dispersion liquid for color filter, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP2020169242A (en) * 2019-04-02 2020-10-15 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Green colored composition, photosensitive green colored composition, color filter, and color liquid crystal display device

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS63248864A (en) * 1987-04-03 1988-10-17 Dainichi Color & Chem Mfg Co Ltd Readily dispersible copper phthalocyanine pigment composition and production thereof
JP2007041330A (en) * 2005-08-04 2007-02-15 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Green pigment composition for color filter
WO2010122777A1 (en) * 2009-04-24 2010-10-28 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, color filter, and color liquid crystal display element
WO2011013318A1 (en) * 2009-07-29 2011-02-03 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP2012098381A (en) * 2010-10-29 2012-05-24 Kao Corp Red pigment dispersion material for color filter
JP6605783B1 (en) * 2018-04-26 2019-11-13 大塚化学株式会社 Dispersant composition, coloring composition and color filter
WO2020071041A1 (en) * 2018-10-02 2020-04-09 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Color material dispersion, colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
JP2020164555A (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-08 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Red coloring resin composition for color filter, red coloring material dispersion liquid for color filter, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP2020169242A (en) * 2019-04-02 2020-10-15 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Green colored composition, photosensitive green colored composition, color filter, and color liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2022202208A1 (en) 2022-09-29
CN117043280A (en) 2023-11-10
TW202307038A (en) 2023-02-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7308993B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, manufacturing method thereof, and display device
JP7011644B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filters, dispersants, photosensitive coloring resin compositions for color filters, color filters, display devices
JP6975579B2 (en) A colored photosensitive resin composition, a color filter, and an image display device provided with the color filter.
WO2019031292A1 (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, cured product of same, color filter and display device
KR102503367B1 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
JP7123660B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
WO2022202208A1 (en) Color material liquid dispersion, modified color material, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device
WO2022091711A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP7509561B2 (en) Modified colorant, colorant dispersion, colored curable composition, color filter, display device
JP6450057B1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
WO2021199786A1 (en) Color material liquid dispersion, dispersing agent, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device
WO2022070977A1 (en) Photocurable colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP7317605B2 (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, dispersant, photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device
WO2022176831A1 (en) Photosensitve green resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device, and method for producing laminate of organic light-emitting element and external light antireflection film
JP7449765B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin compositions, cured products, color filters, display devices
WO2021090762A1 (en) Colorant dispersion, dispersant, photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
WO2022176830A1 (en) Photocurable green resin composition, display device, and method for producing laminate of organic light-emitting element and external light antireflection film
JP7263031B2 (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, dispersion auxiliary resin, photosensitive colored resin composition and its cured product, color filter, display device
JP7508231B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device
JP2021162759A (en) Modified color material, color material dispersion liquid, colored curable composition, color filter and display device
WO2022270349A1 (en) Photosensitive red resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device
WO2021006077A1 (en) Colorant dispersion, dispersant, photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
TWI639055B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition and color filter manufactured by the same
JP6949527B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device
JP2021119368A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, hardening matter, color filter and display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22775004

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023508900

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280019597.7

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22775004

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1